Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-Q
(Mark One)
 	 	 	
þ	 	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2010
OR
 	 	 	
o	 	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 001-34501
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)	 	77-0422528
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)	
 	 	 	
1194 North Mathilda Avenue	 	 	
Sunnyvale, California 94089	 	(408) 745-2000	
(Address of principal executive offices,	 	( Registrant’s telephone number,	
including zip code)	 	including area code)	
     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filings requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer þ	 	Accelerated Filer o	 	Non-Accelerated Filer o	 	Smaller Reporting Company o	
 	 	 	 	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	 	 	
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
     There were approximately 523,202,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.00001, outstanding as of October 29, 2010.

   

 

Table of Contents

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION	 	 	3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 1. Financial Statements	 	 	3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations	 	 	3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets	 	 	4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	 	 	5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	 	 	6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	 	 	38	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	 	59	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 4. Controls and Procedures	 	 	60	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION	 	 	61	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 1. Legal Proceedings	 	 	61	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 1A. Risk Factors	 	 	61	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	 	 	72	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 6. Exhibits	 	 	73	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
SIGNATURES	 	 	74	 	
  EX-10.1	
  EX-10.2	
  EX-10.3	
  EX-31.1	
  EX-31.2	
  EX-32.1	
  EX-32.2	
  EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT	
  EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT	
  EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT	
  EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT	
  EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT	
  EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT	
 2 

Table of Contents
PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.	 	Financial Statements	
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Nine Months Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Net revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	801,183	 	 	$	634,074	 	 	$	2,296,442	 	 	$	1,828,896	 	
Service	 	 	211,224	 	 	 	189,838	 	 	 	606,883	 	 	 	545,562	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	 	1,012,407	 	 	 	823,912	 	 	 	2,903,325	 	 	 	2,374,458	 	
Cost of revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	247,033	 	 	 	206,329	 	 	 	701,166	 	 	 	606,966	 	
Service	 	 	87,587	 	 	 	74,300	 	 	 	252,413	 	 	 	215,535	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	 	 	334,620	 	 	 	280,629	 	 	 	953,579	 	 	 	822,501	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin	 	 	677,787	 	 	 	543,283	 	 	 	1,949,746	 	 	 	1,551,957	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development	 	 	231,151	 	 	 	185,204	 	 	 	662,913	 	 	 	554,498	 	
Sales and marketing	 	 	204,704	 	 	 	183,424	 	 	 	599,382	 	 	 	547,843	 	
General and administrative	 	 	43,773	 	 	 	39,877	 	 	 	132,791	 	 	 	118,263	 	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	917	 	 	 	1,330	 	 	 	3,258	 	 	 	9,259	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	181	 	 	 	4,493	 	 	 	8,550	 	 	 	16,251	 	
Acquisition-related and other charges	 	 	1,525	 	 	 	1,000	 	 	 	2,066	 	 	 	1,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	482,251	 	 	 	415,328	 	 	 	1,408,960	 	 	 	1,247,114	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	195,536	 	 	 	127,955	 	 	 	540,786	 	 	 	304,843	 	
Interest and other income, net	 	 	205	 	 	 	1,733	 	 	 	2,497	 	 	 	6,581	 	
Gain (loss) on equity investments	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,232	 	 	 	(3,311	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest	 	 	195,741	 	 	 	129,688	 	 	 	546,515	 	 	 	308,113	 	
Income tax provision	 	 	61,404	 	 	 	45,902	 	 	 	117,225	 	 	 	214,018	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated net income	 	 	134,337	 	 	 	83,786	 	 	 	429,290	 	 	 	94,095	 	
Adjust for net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest	 	 	206	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,121	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Juniper Networks	 	$	134,543	 	 	$	83,786	 	 	$	428,169	 	 	$	94,095	 	

Net income per share attributable to Juniper Networks common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	0.26	 	 	$	0.16	 	 	$	0.82	 	 	$	0.18	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	$	0.25	 	 	$	0.16	 	 	$	0.80	 	 	$	0.18	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares used in computing net income per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	520,581	 	 	 	523,878	 	 	 	522,069	 	 	 	523,802	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	 	534,880	 	 	 	538,132	 	 	 	537,158	 	 	 	532,686	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 3 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except par values)
(Unaudited)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	1,460,914	 	 	$	1,604,723	 	
Short-term investments	 	 	638,523	 	 	 	570,522	 	
Accounts receivable, net of allowances	 	 	473,953	 	 	 	458,652	 	
Deferred tax assets, net	 	 	181,955	 	 	 	196,318	 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	111,466	 	 	 	48,744	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	 	 	2,866,811	 	 	 	2,878,959	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	484,802	 	 	 	455,651	 	
Long-term investments	 	 	599,036	 	 	 	483,505	 	
Restricted cash	 	 	79,080	 	 	 	53,732	 	
Purchased intangible assets, net	 	 	47,629	 	 	 	13,834	 	
Goodwill	 	 	3,759,631	 	 	 	3,658,602	 	
Long-term deferred tax assets, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	10,555	 	
Other long-term assets	 	 	53,908	 	 	 	35,425	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	7,890,897	 	 	$	7,590,263	 	

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	251,431	 	 	$	242,591	 	
Accrued compensation	 	 	184,941	 	 	 	176,551	 	
Accrued warranty	 	 	36,360	 	 	 	38,199	 	
Deferred revenue	 	 	594,437	 	 	 	571,652	 	
Income taxes payable	 	 	29,762	 	 	 	34,936	 	
Accrued litigation settlements	 	 	—	 	 	 	169,330	 	
Other accrued liabilities	 	 	143,836	 	 	 	142,526	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	1,240,767	 	 	 	1,375,785	 	
Long-term deferred revenue	 	 	190,701	 	 	 	181,937	 	
Long-term income tax payable	 	 	98,198	 	 	 	170,245	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	44,332	 	 	 	37,531	 	
Commitments and Contingencies — See Note 15	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Juniper Networks stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 521,141 shares and 519,341 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively	 	 	5	 	 	 	5	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	9,449,553	 	 	 	9,060,089	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	 	4,427	 	 	 	(1,433	)	
Accumulated deficit	 	 	(3,137,836	)	 	 	(3,236,525	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Juniper Networks stockholders’ equity	 	 	6,316,149	 	 	 	5,822,136	 	
Noncontrolling interest	 	 	750	 	 	 	2,629	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total equity	 	 	6,316,899	 	 	 	5,824,765	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and equity	 	$	7,890,897	 	 	$	7,590,263	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 4 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated net income	 	$	429,290	 	 	$	94,095	 	
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net income to net cash from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	112,366	 	 	 	111,803	 	
Share-based compensation	 	 	129,555	 	 	 	101,445	 	
(Gain) loss on equity investments	 	 	(3,232	)	 	 	3,311	 	
Change in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	 	 	(32,932	)	 	 	673	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	26,425	 	 	 	41,996	 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, net	 	 	(15,093	)	 	 	56,729	 	
Prepaid expenses and other assets	 	 	(67,813	)	 	 	(11,444	)	
Accounts payable	 	 	8,464	 	 	 	(778	)	
Accrued compensation	 	 	8,390	 	 	 	(20,873	)	
Accrued litigation settlements	 	 	(169,330	)	 	 	—	 	
Income tax payable	 	 	(16,900	)	 	 	84,813	 	
Other accrued liabilities	 	 	836	 	 	 	21,790	 	
Deferred revenue	 	 	31,274	 	 	 	52,932	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	441,300	 	 	 	536,492	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of property and equipment, net	 	 	(137,481	)	 	 	(113,210	)	
Purchases of trading investments	 	 	(2,338	)	 	 	—	 	
Purchases of available-for-sale investments	 	 	(1,361,510	)	 	 	(1,164,833	)	
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investments	 	 	440,788	 	 	 	202,276	 	
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale investments	 	 	744,464	 	 	 	262,325	 	
Payment for business acquisition, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired	 	 	(133,333	)	 	 	—	 	
Changes in restricted cash	 	 	(12,432	)	 	 	(11,276	)	
Purchases of privately-held and other equity investments, net	 	 	(5,288	)	 	 	(5,289	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(467,130	)	 	 	(830,007	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	 	 	257,693	 	 	 	131,391	 	
Purchases and retirement of common stock	 	 	(388,698	)	 	 	(241,481	)	
Change in customer financing arrangements	 	 	(16,906	)	 	 	3,784	 	
Change in excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	 	 	32,932	 	 	 	(673	)	
Return of capital to noncontrolling interest	 	 	(3,000	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	 	 	(117,979	)	 	 	(106,979	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	(143,809	)	 	 	(400,494	)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	 	 	1,604,723	 	 	 	2,019,084	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	 	$	1,460,914	 	 	$	1,618,590	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 5 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 1. Basis of Presentation
The unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Juniper Networks, Inc. (“Juniper Networks” or the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information as well as the instructions to Form 10-Q and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, including normal recurring accruals, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010, or any future period. The information included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors,” “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
As of September 30, 2010, the Company owned a 60 percent interest in a joint venture with Nokia Siemens Networks B.V. (“NSN”). Given the Company’s majority ownership interest in the joint venture, the accounts of the joint venture have been consolidated with the accounts of the Company, and a noncontrolling interest has been recorded for the noncontrolling investor’s interests in the net assets and operations of the joint venture.
Reclassifications
In the first quarter of 2010, the Company reclassified certain selling and marketing costs that were previously reported as cost of service revenues as sales and marketing expense. Accordingly, $6.1 million and $18.7 million of costs reported in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, have been reclassified from cost of service revenues to sales and marketing expense to conform to the current period’s presentation. The reclassification did not impact the Company’s previously reported net revenues, segment results, operating income, net income, or earnings per share.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Recent Accounting Policy Changes
Revenue Recognition
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-13, Topic 605 — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”). ASU 2009-13 changes the requirements for establishing separate units of accounting in a multiple element arrangement and requires the allocation of arrangement consideration to each deliverable to be based on the relative selling price. Under the new standard, the Company allocates the total arrangement consideration to each separable element of an arrangement based upon the relative selling price of each element. Arrangement consideration allocated to undelivered elements is deferred until delivery. Concurrently with issuing ASU 2009-13, the FASB also issued ASU No. 2009-14, Topic 985 — Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-14 excludes software that is contained on a tangible product from the scope of software revenue guidance if the software component and the non-software component function together to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality. The Company early adopted these standards on a prospective basis as of the beginning of fiscal 2010 for new and materially modified arrangements originating after December 31, 2009.
As a result of the adoption of ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14, net revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, were approximately $50 million and $128 million higher, respectively, than the net revenues that would have been recorded under the previous accounting rules. The increase in revenues was due to recognition of revenue for products booked and shipped during these periods which consisted primarily of $31 million and $91 million for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, respectively, related to undelivered product commitments for which the Company was unable to demonstrate fair value pursuant to the previous accounting standards. The remainder of the increase in revenue for the three and nine month periods was due to products sold into multiple-year service arrangements which were recognized ratably under the previous accounting standards and for the change in the Company’s allocation methodology from the residual method to the relative selling price method as prescribed by ASU 2009-13.
 6 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria have been met:

 	•	 	Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. The Company generally relies upon sales contracts, or agreements, and customer purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement.	
 		
 	•	 	Delivery has occurred. The Company uses shipping terms and related documents, or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, to verify delivery or performance. In instances where the Company has outstanding obligations related to product delivery or the final acceptance of the product, revenue is deferred until all the delivery and acceptance criteria have been met.	
 		
 	•	 	Sales price is fixed or determinable. The Company assesses whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.	
 		
 	•	 	Collectability is reasonably assured. The Company assesses collectability based on creditworthiness of customers as determined by our credit checks and their payment histories. The Company records accounts receivable net of allowance for doubtful accounts, estimated customer returns, and pricing credits.	
For fiscal 2010 and future periods, pursuant to the guidance of ASU 2009-13, when a sales arrangement contains multiple elements and software and non-software components function together to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price (“ESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company then recognizes revenue on each deliverable in accordance with its policies for product and service revenue recognition. VSOE of selling price is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. In determining VSOE, the Company requires that a substantial majority of the selling prices fall within a reasonable range based on historical discounting trends for specific products and services. TPE of selling price is established by evaluating largely interchangeable competitor products or services in stand-alone sales to similarly situated customers. However, as the Company’s products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and its solutions offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality typically cannot be obtained. Additionally, as the Company is unable to reliably determine what competitors products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis, the Company is not typically able to determine TPE. The best estimate of selling price is established considering multiple factors including, but not limited to pricing practices in different geographies and through different sales channels, gross margin objectives, internal costs, competitor pricing strategies, and industry technology lifecycles.
In multiple element arrangements where more-than-incidental software deliverables are included, revenue is allocated to each separate unit of accounting for each of the non-software deliverables and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement based on the aforementioned selling price hierarchy. If the arrangement contains more than one software deliverable, the arrangement consideration allocated to the software deliverables as a group is then allocated to each software deliverable using the guidance for recognizing software revenue, as amended.
The Company limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligation, or subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges. The Company evaluates each deliverable in an arrangement to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has stand-alone value and there are no customer-negotiated refunds or return rights for the delivered elements. If the arrangement includes a customer-negotiated refund or return right relative to the delivered item, and the delivery and performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in the Company’s control, the delivered element constitutes a separate unit of accounting. In circumstances when the aforementioned criteria are not met, the deliverable is combined with the undelivered elements, and the allocation of the arrangement consideration and revenue recognition is determined for the combined unit as a single unit. Allocation of the consideration is determined at arrangement inception on the basis of each unit’s relative selling price. The new standards do not generally change the units of accounting for the Company’s revenue transactions. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the effect of adopting these standards on future financial periods as the impact will vary depending on the nature and volume of new or materially modified deals in any given period.
 7 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For transactions entered into prior to January 1, 2010, revenue for arrangements with multiple elements, such as sales of products that include services, is allocated to each element using the residual method based on the VSOE of fair value of the undelivered items pursuant to ASC Topic 985-605, Software — Revenue Recognition . Under the residual method, the amount of revenue allocated to delivered elements equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of any undelivered elements. If VSOE of one or more undelivered items does not exist, revenue from the entire arrangement is deferred and recognized at the earlier of: (i) delivery of those elements or (ii) when fair value can be established unless maintenance is the only undelivered element, in which case, the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the contractual support period.
The Company accounts for multiple agreements with a single customer as one arrangement if the contractual terms and/or substance of those agreements indicate that they may be so closely related that they are, in effect, parts of a single arrangement. The Company’s ability to recognize revenue in the future may be affected if actual selling prices are significantly less than fair value. In addition, the Company’s ability to recognize revenue in the future could be impacted by conditions imposed by its customers.
For sales to direct end-users, value-added resellers, and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) partners, the Company recognizes product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is generally upon shipment. It is the Company’s practice to identify an end-user prior to shipment to a value-added reseller. For the Company’s end-users and value-added resellers, there are no significant obligations for future performance such as rights of return or pricing credits. The Company’s agreements with its OEM partners may allow future rights of return. A portion of the Company’s sales is made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits or rights of return. Product revenue on sales made through these distributors is recognized upon sell-through, as reported by the distributors to the Company. Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors reflects the effects of distributor pricing credits and the amount of gross margin expected to be realized upon sell-through. Deferred revenue is recorded net of the related product costs of revenue.
The Company records reductions to revenue for estimated product returns and pricing adjustments, such as rebates and price protection, in the same period that the related revenue is recorded. The amount of these reductions is based on historical sales returns and price protection credits, specific criteria outlined in rebate agreements, and other factors known at the time. Should actual product returns or pricing adjustments differ from estimates, additional adjustments to revenue may be required. In addition, the Company reports revenue net of sales taxes.
Service revenues include revenue from maintenance, training, and professional services. Maintenance is offered under renewable contracts. Revenue from maintenance service contracts is deferred and recognized ratably over the contractual support period, which is generally one to three years. Revenue from training and professional services is recognized as services are completed or ratably over the contractual period, which is generally one year or less.
The Company sells certain interests in accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis as part of customer financing arrangements primarily with one major financing company. Cash received under this arrangement in advance of revenue recognition is recorded as short-term debt.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Topic 310 — Disclosure about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (“ASU 2010-20”), which improves the disclosures that an entity provides about the credit quality of its financing receivables and the related allowance for credit losses. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. ASU 2010-20 relates to disclosure requirements only and as such does not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In May 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-19, Topic 830 — Foreign Currency Issues: Multiple Foreign Currency Exchange Rates-An announcement made by the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“ASU 2010-19”), which incorporates the SEC Staff Announcement made at the March 18, 2010 meeting of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”). The Staff Announcement provided the SEC staff’s view on certain foreign currency issues related to investments in Venezuela. This guidance is effective as of the announcement date, March 18, 2010. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2010-19 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-17, Topic 605 — Revenue Recognition — Milestone Method (“ASU 2010-17”), which provides guidance on defining a milestone and determining when it may be appropriate to apply the milestone method of revenue recognition for research or development transactions. The amendments in ASU 2010-17 are effective on a prospective basis for milestones achieved in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, and interim periods within those years. Early
 8 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
adoption is permitted; however, if a Company elects to early adopt, the amendment must be applied retrospectively from the beginning of the year of adoption. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2010-17 is not expected to have an impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-13, Topic 718 — Effect of Denominating the Exercise Price of a Share-Based Payment Award in the Currency of the Market in Which the Underlying Equity Security Trades (“ASU 2010-13”), which provides guidance on the classification of a share-based payment award as either equity or a liability. A share-based payment award that contains a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition is required to be classified as a liability. The amendments in ASU 2010-13 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2010-13 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Topic 820 — Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”), which provides additional fair value measurement disclosures and clarifies certain existing disclosure requirements. Except for the requirement to disclose purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of Level 3 measurements on a gross basis, the disclosure and clarification requirements are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The requirement to separately disclose purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of recurring Level 3 measurements on a gross basis is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2010-06 relates to disclosure requirements only and as such does not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
Note 3. Business Combination
In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company completed the acquisitions of Ankeena Networks, Inc., (“Ankeena”) and SMobile Systems, Inc. (“SMobile”).
Ankeena Acquisition
On April 19, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the equity securities of Ankeena, a privately-held provider of new media infrastructure technology. The acquisition of Ankeena will provide the Company with strong video delivery capabilities, as Ankeena’s products optimize web-based video delivery, provide key components of a content delivery network architecture/solution, improve consumers’ online video experience, and reduce service provider and carrier service provider infrastructure costs for providing web-based video.
In connection with the acquisition of Ankeena, the Company assumed net assets of $3.6 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $2.3 million, and recognized goodwill of $53.1 million, which was assigned to the Company’s Infrastructure segment. The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies, the assembled workforce of Ankeena, and the economies of scale expected from combining the operations of Ankeena and the Company. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
Prior to the acquisition, the Company had a $2.0 million, or a 7.7% ownership interest in Ankeena, and accounted for it as a privately-held equity investment. As of the acquisition-date, the fair value of the equity interest in Ankeena was $5.2 million based on a noncontrolling interest fair value and was included in the purchase price. The Company recognized a $3.2 million gain, which was reported within gain (loss) on equity investments in its condensed consolidated statement of operations.
SMobile Acquisition
On July 30, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the equity securities of SMobile, a privately-held software company focused solely on smartphone and tablet security solutions for the enterprise, service provider, and consumer markets. The acquisition of SMobile will allow the Company to extend its security focus through integration of SMobile’s product portfolio with Junos ® Pulse.
In connection with the acquisition of SMobile, the Company assumed net liabilities of $5.0 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $0.4 million, and recognized goodwill of $47.9 million, which was assigned to the Company’s Service Layer Technology (“SLT”) segment. The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies, the assembled workforce of SMobile, and the economies of scale expected from combining the operations of SMobile and the Company. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
 9 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the operating results of both businesses from the date of each acquisition. Pro forma results of operations for these acquisitions have not been presented because the financial impact to the Company’s consolidated results of operations, both individually and in aggregate, is not material.
Total purchase consideration for these acquisitions is summarized as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Ankeena	 	 	SMobile	 	 	Total	 	
Cash	 	$	66.5	 	 	$	69.5	 	 	$	136.0	 	
Assumed stock option and RSU awards allocated to purchase price (1)	 	 	2.4	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	68.9	 	 	$	69.5	 	 	$	138.4	 	

			
(1)	 	The fair value of the stock option and RSU awards assumed was based on the acquired company’s determined value on the acquisition date.	
Allocation of the purchase consideration for acquisitions completed during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, is summarized as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Ankeena	 	 	SMobile	 	 	Total	 	
Net assets (liabilities) assumed	 	$	3.6	 	 	$	(5.0	)	 	$	(1.4	)	
Intangible assets acquired	 	 	12.2	 	 	 	26.6	 	 	 	38.8	 	
Goodwill	 	 	53.1	 	 	 	47.9	 	 	 	101.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	68.9	 	 	$	69.5	 	 	$	138.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Company recognized $1.5 million and $2.1 million of acquisition-related costs in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, as a result of both acquisitions. These costs were expensed in the period incurred and reported in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations as acquisition-related and other charges.
The following table presents details of the intangible assets acquired through the business combinations completed during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (in millions, except years):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Ankeena	 	 	SMobile	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Estimated Useful	 	 	 	 	 	 	Estimated Useful	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Life (In Years)	 	 	Amount	 	 	Life (In Years)	 	 	Amount	 	 	Total Amount	 	
Existing technology	 	 	4.0	 	 	$	5.2	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	$	24.3	 	 	$	29.5	 	
In-process research and development	 	 	4.0	 	 	 	3.8	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3.8	 	
Core technology	 	 	4.0	 	 	 	3.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3.2	 	
Customer contracts and related relationships	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.0	 	 	 	2.1	 	 	 	2.1	 	
Support agreements and related relationships	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.0	 	 	 	0.1	 	 	 	0.1	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2.0	 	 	 	0.1	 	 	 	0.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	 	4.0	 	 	$	12.2	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	$	26.6	 	 	$	38.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note 4. Net Income per Share
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for that period. Diluted net income per share is computed giving effect to all dilutive potential shares that were outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential common shares consist of common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and vesting of performance share awards (“PSAs”).
 10 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to Juniper Networks common stockholders (in millions, except per share amounts):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Nine Months Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Numerator:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Juniper Networks	 	$	134.5	 	 	$	83.8	 	 	$	428.2	 	 	$	94.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Denominator:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net income per share	 	 	520.6	 	 	 	523.9	 	 	 	522.1	 	 	 	523.8	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee stock awards	 	 	14.3	 	 	 	14.2	 	 	 	15.1	 	 	 	8.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted net income per share	 	 	534.9	 	 	 	538.1	 	 	 	537.2	 	 	 	532.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share attributable to Juniper Networks common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	0.26	 	 	$	0.16	 	 	$	0.82	 	 	$	0.18	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	$	0.25	 	 	$	0.16	 	 	$	0.80	 	 	$	0.18	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Company excludes outstanding stock options with exercise prices that are greater than the average market price from the calculation of diluted net income per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. The Company includes the common shares underlying PSAs in the calculation of diluted net income per share when they become contingently issuable and excludes such shares when they are not contingently issuable. Employee stock option awards and PSAs covering approximately 16.8 million and 16.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. Employee stock awards covering approximately 24.4 million and 48.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
 11 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 5. Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Investments
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash and cash equivalents (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of	 	
 	 	September 30, 2010	 	 	December 31, 2009	 	
Cash and cash equivalents:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Demand deposits	 	$	430.0	 	 	$	427.2	 	
Time deposits	 	 	276.3	 	 	 	127.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash	 	 	706.3	 	 	 	555.1	 	
Cash equivalents:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. government securities	 	 	7.0	 	 	 	—	 	
Certificate of deposit	 	 	5.0	 	 	 	—	 	
Commercial paper	 	 	10.0	 	 	 	17.0	 	
Money market funds	 	 	732.6	 	 	 	1,032.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash equivalents	 	 	754.6	 	 	 	1,049.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash and cash equivalents	 	$	1,460.9	 	 	$	1,604.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investments in Available-for-Sale and Trading Securities
The following tables summarize the Company’s unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of investments designated as trading or available-for-sale, as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Gross Unrealized	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Amortized Cost	 	 	Gains	 	 	Gross Unrealized Losses	 	 	Estimated Fair Value	 	
As of September 30, 2010:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed income securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. government securities	 	$	288.4	 	 	$	0.3	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	288.7	 	
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations	 	 	246.8	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	247.5	 	
Foreign government debt securities	 	 	52.1	 	 	 	0.4	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	52.5	 	
Certificate of deposit	 	 	18.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	18.6	 	
Commercial paper	 	 	16.5	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	16.5	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	 	74.1	 	 	 	0.1	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	74.1	 	
Corporate debt securities	 	 	522.5	 	 	 	3.5	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	525.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed income securities	 	 	1,219.0	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	1,223.8	 	
Publicly-traded equity securities	 	 	11.3	 	 	 	2.5	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	13.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,230.3	 	 	$	7.5	 	 	$	(0.2	)	 	$	1,237.6	 	

Reported as:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Short-term investments	 	$	634.9	 	 	$	3.7	 	 	$	(0.1	)	 	$	638.5	 	
Long-term investments	 	 	595.4	 	 	 	3.8	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	599.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,230.3	 	 	$	7.5	 	 	$	(0.2	)	 	$	1,237.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 12 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Gross Unrealized	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Amortized Cost	 	 	Gains	 	 	Gross Unrealized Losses	 	 	Estimated Fair Value	 	
As of December 31, 2009:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed income securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. government securities	 	$	245.0	 	 	$	0.1	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	245.1	 	
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations	 	 	212.0	 	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	(0.3	)	 	 	212.3	 	
Foreign government debt securities	 	 	96.4	 	 	 	0.3	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	96.6	 	
Corporate debt securities	 	 	488.2	 	 	 	2.0	 	 	 	(0.3	)	 	 	489.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed income securities	 	 	1,041.6	 	 	 	3.0	 	 	 	(0.7	)	 	 	1,043.9	 	
Publicly-traded equity securities	 	 	10.1	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	10.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,051.7	 	 	$	3.0	 	 	$	(0.7	)	 	$	1,054.0	 	

Reported as:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Short-term investments	 	$	569.5	 	 	$	1.0	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	570.5	 	
Long-term investments	 	 	482.2	 	 	 	2.0	 	 	 	(0.7	)	 	 	483.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,051.7	 	 	$	3.0	 	 	$	(0.7	)	 	$	1,054.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The following table presents the Company’s maturities of its available-for-sale investments and publicly-traded securities as of September 30, 2010 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Gross Unrealized	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Amortized Cost	 	 	Gains	 	 	Gross Unrealized Losses	 	 	Estimated Fair Value	 	
Fixed income securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Due within one year	 	$	623.6	 	 	$	1.2	 	 	$	(0.1	)	 	$	624.7	 	
Due between one and five years	 	 	595.4	 	 	 	3.8	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	599.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed income securities	 	 	1,219.0	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	1,223.8	 	
Publicly-traded equity securities	 	 	11.3	 	 	 	2.5	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	13.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,230.3	 	 	$	7.5	 	 	$	(0.2	)	 	$	1,237.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The following table presents the Company’s trading and available-for sale investments that are in a continuous unrealized loss position as of September 30, 2010 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Less than 12 Months	 	 	12 Months or Greater	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	Fair Value	 	 	Unrealized Loss	 	 	Fair Value	 	 	Unrealized Loss	 	 	Fair Value	 	 	Unrealized Loss	 	
Corporate debt securities	 	$	101.6	 	 	$	(0.1	)	 	$	19.5	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	121.1	 	 	$	(0.1	)	
U.S. government securities	 	 	6.0	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.0	 	 	 	—	 	
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations	 	 	17.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	22.2	 	 	 	—	 	
Foreign government debt securities	 	 	1.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.2	 	 	 	—	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	 	46.2	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	46.2	 	 	 	(0.1	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	172.2	 	 	$	(0.2	)	 	$	29.5	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	201.7	 	 	$	(0.2	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Company had 46 and 52 investments in unrealized loss positions as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The gross unrealized losses related to these investments were primarily due to changes in interest rates. The contractual terms of fixed income securities do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost of the investments. For the fixed income securities and publicly-traded equity securities that have unrealized losses, the Company has determined that (i) it does not have the intent to sell any of these investments and (ii) it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell any of these investments before recovery of the entire amortized cost basis. The Company did not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The Company reviews its investments to identify and evaluate investments that have an indication of possible impairment. The Company aggregates its investments by category and length of time the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position to facilitate its evaluation.
 13 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Privately-Held and Other Equity Investments
The Company’s minority equity investments in privately-held and other companies are carried at cost, as the Company does not have a controlling interest or the ability to exercise significant influence over these companies. The Company adjusts its privately-held and other equity investments for any impairment if the fair value exceeds the carrying value of the respective assets.
As of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the carrying values of the Company’s privately-held and other equity investments of $22.5 million and $13.9 million, respectively, were included in other long-term assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company invested $4.6 million and $9.8 million, respectively, in privately-held and other equity investments. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recognized a gain of $3.2 million from its minority equity investment in Ankeena upon the acquisition of Ankeena.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Company recognized a loss of nil and $3.3 million, respectively, due to the impairment of its minority equity investments in privately-held companies, that the Company judged to be other than temporary. The company invested $6.3 million in privately-held companies during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Additionally, during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Company had a minority equity investment in a privately-held company that was acquired by a publicly-traded company for which the Company received a cash payment of $1.0 million and common stock of the acquiring company of $1.0 million, which is classified as an available-for-sale investment. The Company had no minority equity investments in publicly-held companies during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash consists of cash and investments held for escrow accounts required by certain acquisitions completed in 2005 and 2010, the India Gratuity Trust and the Israel Retirement Trust which cover statutory severance obligations in the event of termination of the Company’s India and Israel employees, respectively, and the Directors and Officers (“D&O”) indemnification trust. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company increased its restricted cash by $69.6 million and $150.1 million, respectively, primarily for the escrow accounts required by the acquisition of Ankeena and SMobile that were completed in the second and third quarter of 2010, respectively, and to a lesser extent for the Israel Retirement Trust established in the first quarter of 2010. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company distributed approximately $64.1 million and $124.9 million, respectively, from its restricted accounts, mainly resulting from the Ankeena and SMobile acquisitions. In connection with the Ankeena acquisition, the Company agreed to pay from escrow a total amount of $10.7 million, representing the cash value of unvested restricted shares in Ankeena as of April 8, 2010, to certain former Ankeena employees. As of September 30, 2010, the Company expects to release $8.1 million from escrow as these restricted shares vest over the next two years.
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash and investments that are classified as restricted cash in the condensed consolidated balance sheets (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Restricted cash:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Demand deposits	 	$	25.8	 	 	$	3.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restricted cash	 	 	25.8	 	 	 	3.8	 	
Restricted investments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. government securities	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	19.8	 	
Corporate debt securities	 	 	2.7	 	 	 	—	 	
Money market funds	 	 	50.0	 	 	 	30.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restricted investments	 	 	53.3	 	 	 	49.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restricted cash and investments	 	$	79.1	 	 	$	53.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 14 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
As of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the unrealized gains and losses related to restricted investments were immaterial.
Note 6. Fair Value Measurements
The Company determines the fair values of its financial instruments based on a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability and establishes that the fair value of an asset or liability shall be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The classification of a financial asset or liability within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1 — Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. These inputs are valued using market based approaches.
Level 3 — Inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions. These inputs, if any, are valued using internal financial models.
 15 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The following tables provide a summary of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and their presentation on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2010 Using	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Quoted Prices in	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Active Markets For	 	 	Observable	 	 	Unobservable	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Identical Assets	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	 	Total	 	
Trading securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Mutual funds	 	$	7.2	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	7.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total trading securities	 	 	7.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	7.2	 	

Available-for-sale debt securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. government securities (1)	 	$	111.1	 	 	$	185.2	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	296.3	 	
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations	 	 	226.7	 	 	 	20.8	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	247.5	 	
Foreign government debt securities	 	 	21.2	 	 	 	31.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	52.5	 	
Commercial paper	 	 	—	 	 	 	26.5	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	26.5	 	
Corporate debt securities (2)	 	 	2.7	 	 	 	525.9	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	528.6	 	
Certificate of deposit	 	 	—	 	 	 	23.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	23.6	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	 	74.1	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	74.1	 	
Money market funds (3)	 	 	782.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	782.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total available-for-sale debt securities	 	 	1,144.3	 	 	 	887.4	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,031.7	 	

Available-for-sale equity securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Technology securities	 	 	6.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total available-for-sale equity securities	 	 	6.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total available-for-sale securities	 	 	1,150.9	 	 	 	887.4	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,038.3	 	

Derivative assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	 	—	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total derivative assets	 	 	—	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets measured at fair value	 	$	1,158.1	 	 	$	889.1	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	2,047.2	 	

			
(1)	 	Balance includes $0.6 million of restricted investments measured at fair market value, related to an acquisition completed in 2005. For additional information regarding the Company’s restricted investments, see Note 5, Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Investments , under the heading “Restricted Cash.” Restricted investments are included in the restricted cash balance in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.	
 		
(2)	 	Balance includes $2.7 million of restricted investments measured at fair market value, related to the Company’s India Gratuity Trust.	
 		
(3)	 	Balance includes $50.0 million of restricted investments measured at fair market value, related to the Company’s D&O trust.	
 16 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2010 Using	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Quoted Prices in	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Active Markets For	 	 	Observable	 	 	Unobservable	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Identical Assets	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	 	Total	 	
Reported as:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash equivalents	 	$	732.6	 	 	$	22.0	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	754.6	 	
Short-term investments	 	 	198.6	 	 	 	439.9	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	638.5	 	
Long-term investments	 	 	174.2	 	 	 	424.9	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	599.1	 	
Restricted cash	 	 	52.7	 	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	53.3	 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	—	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets measured at fair value	 	$	1,158.1	 	 	$	889.1	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	2,047.2	 	

 	 	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 Using	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Quoted Prices in	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Active Markets For	 	 	Observable	 	 	Unobservable	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Identical Assets	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	 	Total	 	
Reported as:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash equivalents	 	$	1,032.6	 	 	$	17.0	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	1,049.6	 	
Short-term investments	 	 	101.3	 	 	 	469.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	570.5	 	
Long-term investments	 	 	181.2	 	 	 	302.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	483.5	 	
Restricted cash	 	 	49.9	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	49.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets measured at fair value	 	$	1,365.0	 	 	$	788.5	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	2,153.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had nil and $1.5 million, respectively, of derivative liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company recorded the derivative liabilities, which related to its foreign exchange contracts, within other accrued liabilities in its condensed consolidated balance sheets. These liabilities were measured using significant other observable remaining inputs (Level 2) pursuant to the fair value hierarchy.
The Company’s policy is to recognize asset or liability transfers among Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 as of the actual date of the events or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company had no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy of its assets or liabilities measured at fair value.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The following table presents the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at least annually or on a quarterly basis if impairment is indicated (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements Using	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Quoted Prices in	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Carrying Value as	 	 	Active Markets For	 	 	Observable	 	 	Unobservable	 	 	Total Loss for the	 	 	Total Loss for the	 	
 	 	of September 30,	 	 	Identical Assets	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Nine Months Ended	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	 	September 30, 2010	 	 	September 30, 2010	 	
Privately-held equity investments	 	$	0.7	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	0.7	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	0.7	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	0.7	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 17 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements Using	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Quoted Prices in	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Carrying Value as	 	 	Active Markets For	 	 	Observable	 	 	Unobservable	 	 	Total Loss for the	 	 	Total Loss for the Nine	 	
 	 	of September 30,	 	 	Identical Assets	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	Remaining Inputs	 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Months Ended September	 	
 	 	2009	 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	 	September 30, 2009	 	 	30, 2009	 	
Privately-held equity investments	 	$	1.7	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	1.7	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	(3.3	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1.7	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	1.7	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	(3.3	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Privately-held equity investments, which are normally carried at cost, were measured at fair value due to events and circumstances that the Company identified as significantly impacting the fair value of the investments. The Company measured the fair value of its privately-held equity investments using an analysis of the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, including recent financing activities and their capital structure. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $3.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, and classified the investments as a Level 3 asset due to the absence of quoted market prices and inherent lack of liquidity. The Company had no impairment charges against its privately-held equity investments during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010.
Note 7. Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill activities by segment in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Infrastructure	 	 	SLT	 	 	Total	 	
Balance as of January 1, 2010	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill	 	$	1,500.5	 	 	$	3,438.1	 	 	$	4,938.6	 	
Accumulated impairment losses	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,280.0	)	 	 	(1,280.0	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Carrying value at January 1, 2010	 	 	1,500.5	 	 	 	2,158.1	 	 	 	3,658.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill acquired during the nine months ended September 30, 2010	 	 	53.1	 	 	 	47.9	 	 	 	101.0	 	
Balance as of September 30, 2010	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill	 	 	1,553.6	 	 	 	3,486.0	 	 	 	5,039.6	 	
Accumulated impairment losses	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,280.0	)	 	 	(1,280.0	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Carrying value at September 30, 2010	 	$	1,553.6	 	 	$	2,206.0	 	 	$	3,759.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded goodwill of $47.9 million and $101.0 million, respectively, as a result of its acquisitions of Ankeena and SMobile. For further discussion, see Note 3, Business Combinations , in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. There were no impairments to goodwill during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009.
 18 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Purchased Intangible Assets
The following table presents the Company’s purchased intangible assets with definite lives (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Gross	 	 	Amortization	 	 	Additions	 	 	Net	 	
As of September 30, 2010:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Technologies and patents	 	$	380.0	 	 	$	(378.6	)	 	$	32.7	 	 	$	34.1	 	
Other	 	 	68.9	 	 	 	(61.5	)	 	 	6.1	 	 	 	13.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	448.9	 	 	$	(440.1	)	 	$	38.8	 	 	$	47.6	 	

As of December 31, 2009:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Technologies and patents	 	$	380.0	 	 	$	(376.0	)	 	$	—	 	 	$	4.0	 	
Other	 	 	68.9	 	 	 	(59.1	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	9.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	448.9	 	 	$	(435.1	)	 	$	—	 	 	$	13.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded $26.6 million and $38.8 million, respectively, of purchased intangible assets as a result of its acquisitions of Ankeena and SMobile. For further discussion, see Note 3, Business Combinations , in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Amortization of purchased intangible assets included in operating expenses and cost of product revenues totaled $2.4 million and $2.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and $5.0 million and $13.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, respectively. There were no impairment charges with respect to the purchased intangible assets in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009.
The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets with definite lives for future periods is as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	
Years Ending December 31,	 	Amount	 	
2010 (remaining three months)	 	$	2.9	 	
2011	 	 	10.4	 	
2012	 	 	9.6	 	
2013	 	 	9.4	 	
2014	 	 	7.6	 	
Thereafter	 	 	7.7	 	
 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	47.6	 	
 	 	 	 	
 19 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 8. Other Financial Information
Warranties
The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. This provision is reported as accrued warranty within current liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the Company’s warranty reserve were as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Beginning balance	 	$	38.3	 	 	$	35.8	 	 	$	38.2	 	 	$	40.1	 	
Provisions made during the period, net	 	 	13.7	 	 	 	14.7	 	 	 	37.9	 	 	 	33.4	 	
Change in estimate	 	 	(1.9	)	 	 	(1.1	)	 	 	(2.4	)	 	 	(4.5	)	
Actual costs incurred during the period	 	 	(13.7	)	 	 	(12.1	)	 	 	(37.3	)	 	 	(31.7	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending balance	 	$	36.4	 	 	$	37.3	 	 	$	36.4	 	 	$	37.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred Revenue
Details of the Company’s deferred revenue were as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of	 	
 	 	September 30, 2010	 	 	December 31, 2009	 	
Deferred product revenue:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Undelivered product commitments and other product deferrals	 	$	277.7	 	 	$	254.7	 	
Distributor inventory and other sell-through items	 	 	128.2	 	 	 	136.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred gross product revenue	 	 	405.9	 	 	 	391.3	 	
Deferred cost of product revenue	 	 	(147.7	)	 	 	(150.0	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred product revenue, net	 	 	258.2	 	 	 	241.3	 	
Deferred service revenue	 	 	526.9	 	 	 	512.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	785.1	 	 	$	753.6	 	

Reported as:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	 	$	594.4	 	 	$	571.7	 	
Long-term	 	 	190.7	 	 	 	181.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	785.1	 	 	$	753.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred product revenue primarily represents unrecognized revenue related to shipments to distributors that have not sold through to end-users, undelivered product commitments, and other shipments that have not met all revenue recognition criteria. Deferred product revenue is recorded net of the related product costs of revenue. Deferred service revenue represents customer payments made in advance for services, which include technical support, hardware and software maintenance, professional services, and training.
Restructuring Liabilities
In 2009, the Company implemented a restructuring plan (the “2009 Restructuring Plan”) in an effort to better align its business operations with the current market and macroeconomic conditions. The 2009 Restructuring Plan included a worldwide workforce reduction and restructuring of certain business functions and the reduction of facilities.
 20 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table provides a summary of changes in the Company’s restructuring liability (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Remaining	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Remaining	 	
 	 	Liability as of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Liability as of	 	
 	 	December 31, 2009	 	 	Charges	 	 	Cash payments	 	 	Adjustments	 	 	September 30, 2010	 	
Facilities	 	$	4.9	 	 	$	6.8	 	 	$	(1.8	)	 	$	(1.6	)	 	$	8.3	 	
Severance, contractual commitments, and other charges	 	 	4.5	 	 	 	1.8	 	 	 	(5.4	)	 	 	(0.3	)	 	 	0.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	9.4	 	 	$	8.6	 	 	$	(7.2	)	 	$	(1.9	)	 	$	8.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
In connection with the 2009 Restructuring Plan, the Company recorded $0.2 million and $8.6 million of restructuring charges in the condensed consolidated statements of operations during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The Company paid $1.4 million and $7.2 million for severance and facilities related charges associated with the 2009 Restructuring Plan during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The Company recorded $4.5 million and $16.3 million in restructuring charges during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, for its 2009 Restructuring Plan. The Company paid $2.8 million and $6.0 million for severance related charges associated with the 2009 Restructuring Plan during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.
Restructuring charges were based on the Company’s restructuring plans that were committed by management. Any changes in the estimates of executing the approved plans will be reflected in the Company’s results of operations.
Interest and Other Income, Net
Interest and other income, net, consist of the following (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Interest income and expense, net	 	$	0.3	 	 	$	1.6	 	 	$	1.8	 	 	$	5.2	 	
Other income and expense, net	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	0.1	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	 	1.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest and other income, net	 	$	0.2	 	 	$	1.7	 	 	$	2.5	 	 	$	6.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income and expense, net, primarily includes interest income from the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, and investments and interest expense from our customer financing arrangements. Other income and expense, net, primarily includes foreign exchange gains and losses and other miscellaneous expenses such as bank fees.
Note 9. Financing Arrangements
The Company has customer financing arrangements to sell its accounts receivable to a major third-party financing provider. The program does not and is not intended to affect the timing of revenue recognition because the Company only recognizes revenue upon sell-through. Under the financing arrangements, proceeds from the financing provider are due to the Company 30 days from the sale of the receivable. In these transactions with the financing provider, the Company surrendered control over the transferred assets. The accounts receivable were isolated from the Company and put beyond the reach of creditors, even in the event of bankruptcy. The Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through obligations or rights to redeem, transfer, or repurchase the receivables after they have been transferred.
Pursuant to the financing arrangements for the sale of receivables, the Company sold net receivables of $153.1 million and $122.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and $435.5 million and $294.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
During the three months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, the Company received cash proceeds of $147.0 million and $101.5 million respectively, and $423.5 million and $277.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, respectively, from the financing provider. The amounts owed by the financing provider recorded as accounts receivable on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, was $101.6 million and $89.8 million, respectively.
 21 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The portion of the receivable financed that has not been recognized as revenue is accounted for as a financing arrangement and is included in other accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet . As of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the estimated cash received from the financing provider not recognized as revenue from distributors was $35.7 million and $52.6 million, respectively.
Note 10. Derivative Instruments
The Company uses derivatives partially to offset its market exposure to fluctuations in certain foreign currencies and does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
Cash Flow Hedges
The Company uses foreign currency forward or option contracts to hedge certain forecasted foreign currency transactions relating to cost of services and operating expenses. The derivatives are intended to protect the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the Company’s planned cost of services and operating expenses denominated in foreign currencies. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges. Execution of these cash flow hedge derivatives typically occurs every month with maturities of less than one year. The effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the condensed consolidated balance sheets, and upon occurrence of the forecasted transaction, is subsequently reclassified into the cost of services or operating expense line item to which the hedged transaction relates. The Company records any ineffectiveness of the hedging instruments, which was immaterial during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, respectively, in interest and other income, net, on its condensed consolidated statements of operations. Cash flows from such hedges are classified as operating activities. All amounts within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months.
The total fair value of the Company’s derivative assets located in other current assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, was $1.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The total fair value of the Company’s derivative liabilities located in other accrued liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, was nil and $1.5 million, respectively.
The Company recognized a gain of $2.9 million in accumulated other comprehensive income for the effective portion of its derivative instruments and reclassified a loss of $1.5 million from other comprehensive income to operating expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations during the three months ended September 30, 2010. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recognized a loss of $1.6 million in accumulated other comprehensive income for the effective portion of its derivative instruments and reclassified a loss of $4.8 million from other comprehensive income to operating expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
During the three months ended September 30, 2009, the Company recognized a gain of $2.1 million in accumulated other comprehensive income for the effective portion of its derivative instruments and reclassified a gain of $3.3 million from other comprehensive income to operating expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized a gain of $1.4 million in accumulated other comprehensive income for the effective portion of its derivative instruments and reclassified a gain of $1.6 million from other comprehensive income to operating expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
The ineffective portion of the Company’s derivative instruments recognized in its condensed consolidated statements of operations was immaterial during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009.
Non-Designated Hedges
The Company also uses foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate variability in gains and losses generated from the re-measurement of certain monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. These derivatives do not qualify for special hedge accounting treatment. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes recorded in interest and other income, net. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are largely offset by re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities. Cash flows from such derivatives are classified as operating activities. The derivatives have maturities of approximately two months.
 22 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
As of September 30, 2010, the Company’s top three outstanding derivative positions by currency were as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Buy	 	 	Buy	 	 	Buy	 	
 	 	EUR	 	 	GBP	 	 	INR	 	
Foreign currency forward contracts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Notional amount of foreign currency	 	€	25.3	 	 	£	9.8	 	 	 	1,333.1	 	
U.S dollar equivalent	 	$	32.3	 	 	$	14.8	 	 	$	28.9	 	
Weighted-average maturity	 	2 months	 	2 months	 	2 months	
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recognized a gain on non-designated derivative instruments within interest and other income, net, on its condensed consolidated statements of operations of $0.5 million and a loss of $0.9 million, respectively. The Company recognized a gain of $1.8 million and $5.0 million on non-designated derivative instruments within interest and other income, net, on its condensed consolidated statements of operations during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.
Note 11. Equity
Stock Repurchase Activities
In February 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a new stock repurchase program (the “2010 Stock Repurchase Program”) which authorized the Company to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of its common stock. This new authorization is in addition to the stock repurchase program approved by the Board in March 2008 (the “2008 Stock Repurchase Program”), which also enabled the Company to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock.
The Company repurchased approximately 5.0 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $26.81 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $134.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2010, and approximately 14.3 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $27.09 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $386.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, under the two stock repurchase programs. The Company repurchased approximately 2.9 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $24.67 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $71.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2009, and approximately 12.6 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $19.18 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $241.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, under the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program. As of September 30, 2010, there were no remaining authorized funds under the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program and $931.8 million remaining authorized funds under the 2010 Stock Repurchase Program.
In addition to repurchases under the Company’s stock repurchase programs, the Company repurchased common stock from its employees in connection with net issuance of shares to satisfy its tax withholding obligations for the vesting of certain RSUs and PSAs. The Company repurchased an immaterial amount of common stock from its employees in connection with net issuance of shares during the three months ended September 30, 2010, and repurchased approximately 0.1 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $25.75 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1.9 million in connection with the net issuances during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The Company repurchased an immaterial amount of common stock from its employees in connection with net issuance of shares during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009.
All shares of common stock repurchased under the Company’s 2008 and 2010 stock repurchase programs and from its employees in connection with net issuances have been retired. Future share repurchases under the Company’s 2010 Stock Repurchase Program will be subject to a review of the circumstances in place at that time and will be made from time to time in private transactions or open market purchases as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements. This program may be discontinued at any time.
 23 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Comprehensive Income Attributable to Juniper Networks
Comprehensive income attributable to Juniper Networks consists of the following (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Consolidated net income	 	$	134.3	 	 	$	83.8	 	 	$	429.3	 	 	$	94.1	 	
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net tax of nil	 	 	8.7	 	 	 	(0.9	)	 	 	7.0	 	 	 	1.7	 	
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net tax of nil	 	 	6.3	 	 	 	4.9	 	 	 	(1.2	)	 	 	6.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other comprehensive income, net of tax	 	 	15.0	 	 	 	4.0	 	 	 	5.8	 	 	 	7.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated comprehensive income	 	 	149.3	 	 	 	87.8	 	 	 	435.1	 	 	 	101.8	 	
Adjust for comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1.1	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income attributable to Juniper Networks	 	$	149.5	 	 	$	87.8	 	 	$	434.0	 	 	$	101.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 24 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table summarizes equity activity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Common Stock	 	 	Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	Non-	 	 	 	 	
 	 	& Additional	 	 	Comprehensive	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	controlling	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	Paid-in-Capital	 	 	Income (Loss)	 	 	Deficit	 	 	Interest	 	 	Equity	 	
Balance at December 31, 2009	 	$	9,060.1	 	 	$	(1.4	)	 	$	(3,236.5	)	 	$	2.6	 	 	$	5,824.8	 	
Consolidated net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	163.1	 	 	 	1.5	 	 	 	164.6	 	
Change in unrealized loss on investments, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.4	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.4	)	
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2.7	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2.7	)	
Issuance of shares in connection with Employee Stock Purchase Plan	 	 	20.8	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	20.8	 	
Exercise of stock options by employees, net of repurchases	 	 	101.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	101.2	 	
Return of capital to noncontrolling interest	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2.0	)	 	 	(2.0	)	
Retirement of common stock	 	 	(5.7	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(68.7	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(74.4	)	
Repurchases related to net issuances	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1.8	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1.8	)	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	40.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	40.6	 	
Adjustment related to tax benefit from employee stock option plans	 	 	50.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	50.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at March 31, 2010	 	 	9,267.6	 	 	 	(4.5	)	 	 	(3,143.9	)	 	 	2.1	 	 	 	6,121.3	 	
Consolidated net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	130.5	 	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	130.3	 	
Change in unrealized loss on investments, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1.3	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1.3	)	
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4.8	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4.8	)	
Exercise of stock options by employees, net of repurchases	 	 	53.7	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	53.7	 	
Return of capital to noncontrolling interest	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1.0	)	 	 	(1.0	)	
Shares assumed in connection with business acquisition	 	 	2.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2.3	 	
Retirement of common stock	 	 	(9.1	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(168.3	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(177.4	)	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	43.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	43.3	 	
Adjustment related to tax benefit from employee stock option plans	 	 	5.4	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at June 30, 2010	 	 	9,363.2	 	 	 	(10.6	)	 	 	(3,181.7	)	 	 	0.9	 	 	 	6,171.8	 	
Consolidated net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	134.5	 	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	134.3	 	
Change in unrealized gain on investments, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	8.7	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	8.7	 	
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.3	 	
Issuance of shares in connection with Employee Stock Purchase Plan	 	 	21.0	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	21.0	 	
Exercise of stock options by employees, net of repurchases	 	 	62.4	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	62.4	 	
Return of capital to noncontrolling interest	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Retirement of common stock	 	 	(44.4	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(90.5	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(134.9	)	
Repurchases related to net issuances	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.1	)	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	43.1	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	43.1	 	
Adjustment related to tax benefit from employee stock option plans	 	 	4.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2010	 	$	9,449.6	 	 	$	4.4	 	 	$	(3,137.8	)	 	$	0.7	 	 	$	6,316.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 25 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table summarizes equity activity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Common Stock	 	 	Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	& Additional	 	 	Comprehensive Income	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	Paid-in-Capital	 	 	(Loss)	 	 	Deficit	 	 	Equity	 	
Balance at December 31, 2008	 	$	8,811.5	 	 	$	(4.2	)	 	$	(2,905.9	)	 	$	5,901.4	 	
Consolidated net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4.5	)	 	 	(4.5	)	
Change in unrealized loss on investments, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3.6	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3.6	)	
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	(10.5	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(10.5	)	
Issuance of shares in connection with Employee Stock Purchase Plan	 	 	19.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	19.3	 	
Exercise of stock options by employees, net of repurchases	 	 	3.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3.3	 	
Retirement of common stock	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(119.7	)	 	 	(119.8	)	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	33.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	33.6	 	
Adjustment related to tax benefit from employee stock option plans	 	 	10.5	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	10.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at March 31, 2009	 	 	8,878.1	 	 	 	(18.3	)	 	 	(3,030.1	)	 	 	5,829.7	 	
Consolidated net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	14.7	 	 	 	14.7	 	
Change in unrealized gain on investments, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.2	 	
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	11.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	11.6	 	
Exercise of stock options by employees, net of repurchases	 	 	29.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	29.2	 	
Retirement of common stock	 	 	(0.4	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(49.1	)	 	 	(49.5	)	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	33.5	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	33.5	 	
Adjustment related to tax benefit from employee stock option plans	 	 	(58.6	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(58.6	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at June 30, 2009	 	 	8,881.8	 	 	 	(0.5	)	 	 	(3,064.5	)	 	 	5,816.8	 	
Consolidated net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	83.8	 	 	 	83.8	 	
Change in unrealized loss on investments, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.9	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.9	)	
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net tax of nil	 	 	—	 	 	 	4.9	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4.9	 	
Issuance of shares in connection with Employee Stock Purchase Plan	 	 	19.8	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	19.8	 	
Exercise of stock options by employees, net of repurchases	 	 	61.1	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	61.1	 	
Retirement of common stock	 	 	(0.4	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(71.5	)	 	 	(71.9	)	
Repurchases related to net issuances	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	(0.2	)	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	34.4	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	34.4	 	
Adjustment related to tax benefit from employee stock option plans	 	 	9.6	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	9.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2009	 	$	9,006.3	 	 	$	3.5	 	 	$	(3,052.4	)	 	$	5,957.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans
Share-Based Compensation Plans
The Company’s share-based compensation plans include the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”), 2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”), Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Plan (the “1996 Plan”), as well as various equity incentive plans assumed through acquisitions. Under these plans, the Company has granted (or in the case of acquired plans, assumed) stock options, and in certain plans RSUs and PSAs. In addition, the Company’s 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2008 Purchase Plan”) permits eligible employees to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock at a 15% discount to the offering price (as determined in the 2008 Purchase Plan) through periodic payroll deductions of up to 10% of base compensation,
 26 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
subject to individual purchase limits of 6,000 shares in any twelve-month period or $25,000 worth of stock, determined at the fair market value of the shares at the time the stock purchase option is granted, in one calendar year.
When the 2006 Plan was adopted and approved by the Company’s stockholders in May 2006, it had an initial authorized share reserve of 64.5 million shares of common stock plus the addition of any shares subject to options under the 2000 Plan and the 1996 Plan that were outstanding as of May 18, 2006, and that subsequently expire unexercised, up to a maximum of an additional 75 million shares. In the second quarter of 2010, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2006 Plan that increased the number of shares reserved for issuance thereunder by an additional 30.0 million shares. As of September 30, 2010, the 2006 Plan had 58.8 million shares subject to currently outstanding equity awards and 31.8 million shares available for future issuance.
In connection with the acquisition of Ankeena, the Company assumed stock option and RSU awards under the Ankeena stock plan and exchanged those awards for stock options and RSUs covering approximately 0.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock, based upon an exchange ratio prescribed by the acquisition agreement. As of September 30, 2010, stock options and RSUs covering approximately 2.1 million shares of common stock were outstanding under plans assumed through the Company’s past acquisitions.
Stock Option Activities
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity and related information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (in millions, except for per share amounts and years):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted Average	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted Average	 	 	Remaining	 	 	Aggregate Intrinsic	 	
 	 	Number of Shares	 	 	Exercise Price per Share	 	 	Contractual Term	 	 	Value	 	
Balance at January 1, 2010	 	 	67.4	 	 	$	20.84	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options granted	 	 	5.7	 	 	 	28.71	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options assumed (1)	 	 	0.4	 	 	 	29.42	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options canceled	 	 	(1.8	)	 	 	21.64	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options exercised	 	 	(12.2	)	 	 	17.94	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options expired	 	 	(0.7	)	 	 	61.71	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2010	 	 	58.8	 	 	$	21.66	 	 	4.2 years	 	 	$	526.4	 	

As of September 30, 2010:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Vested or expected-to-vest options	 	 	55.8	 	 	$	21.56	 	 	4.1 years	 	 	$	505.3	 	
Exercisable options	 	 	39.4	 	 	$	20.86	 	 	3.6 years	 	 	$	386.8	 	

(1)	 	Stock options assumed in connection with the acquisition of Ankeena.	
Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the period, which was $30.35 per share as of September 30, 2010, and the exercise price multiplied by the number of related options. The pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised, representing the difference between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the exercise and the exercise price of each option, was $37.5 million and $133.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. Total fair value of options vested for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, was $19.2 million and $66.3 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units and Performance Share Awards Activities
RSUs generally vest over a period of three to four years from the date of grant, and PSAs granted generally vest after three years provided that certain annual performance targets and other vesting criteria are met. Until vested, RSUs and PSAs do not have the voting and dividend participation rights of common stock and the shares underlying the awards are not considered issued and outstanding.
 27 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table summarizes information about the Company’s RSUs and PSAs as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (in millions, except per share amounts and years):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Outstanding RSUs and PSAs	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted Average	 	 	Weighted Average	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Grant-Date Fair	 	 	Remaining	 	 	Aggregate Intrinsic	 	
 	 	Number of Shares	 	 	Value per Share	 	 	Contractual Term	 	 	Value	 	
Balance at January 1, 2010	 	 	9.1	 	 	$	21.76	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs granted	 	 	3.4	 	 	 	29.27	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs assumed (1)	 	 	0.4	 	 	 	31.18	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PSAs granted (2)	 	 	3.5	 	 	 	28.73	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs vested	 	 	(1.6	)	 	 	26.01	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PSAs vested	 	 	(0.4	)	 	 	20.64	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs canceled	 	 	(0.5	)	 	 	24.72	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PSAs canceled	 	 	(0.3	)	 	 	20.92	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2010:	 	 	13.6	 	 	$	25.13	 	 	1.8 years	 	 	$	411.4	 	

As of September 30, 2010:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Vested and expected-to-vest RSUs and PSAs	 	 	10.4	 	 	$	24.83	 	 	1.7 years	 	 	$	315.7	 	

(1)	 	RSUs assumed in connection with the acquisition of Ankeena.	
 		
(2)	 	The number of shares subject to PSAs granted represents the aggregate maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the award over its full term. The aggregate number of shares subject to these PSAs that would be issued if performance goals determined by the Compensation Committee are achieved at target is 1.4 million shares. Depending on achievement of such performance goals, the range of shares that could be issued under these awards is 0 to 3.5 million shares.	
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company’s 2008 Purchase Plan is implemented in a series of offering periods, each six months in duration, or a shorter period as determined by the Board. Under the 2008 Purchase Plan, employees purchased approximately 1.0 million shares at an average per share price of $21.30 for the three months ended September 30, 2010, and 2.0 million shares at an average per share price of $21.20 in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Employees purchased approximately 1.6 million shares of common stock through the 2008 Purchase Plan at an average price of $12.28 per share in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Employees purchased approximately 1.6 million shares of common stock through the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at an average price of $12.04 per share in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Effective February 1, 2009, immediately following the conclusion of the offering period ended January 30, 2009, the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was discontinued, and no shares remained available for future issuance.
As of September 30, 2010, approximately 2.0 million shares had been issued under the 2008 Purchase Plan, and 8.4 million shares remained available for future issuance under the 2008 Purchase Plan.
 28 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Shares Available for Grant
The following table presents the stock grant activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and the total number of shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan as of September 30, 2010 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Number of Shares	 	
Balance at January 1, 2010	 	 	18.0	 	
Additional authorized share reserve approved by stockholders	 	 	30.0	 	
RSUs and PSAs granted (1)	 	 	(14.5	)	
Options granted	 	 	(5.7	)	
RSUs canceled (1)	 	 	1.5	 	
Options canceled (2)	 	 	1.8	 	
Options expired (2)	 	 	0.7	 	
 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2010	 	 	31.8	 	

			
(1)	 	RSUs and PSAs with a per share or unit purchase price lower than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the day of the grant under the 2006 Plan are counted against shares authorized under the plan as two and one-tenth shares of common stock for each share subject to such award. The number of shares subject to PSAs granted the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the award over its full term.	
 		
(2)	 	Includes canceled or expired options under the 1996 Plan and the 2000 Plan that expired unexercised after May 18, 2006, which become available for grant under the 2006 Plan according to its terms.	
Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance
As of September 30, 2010, the Company had reserved an aggregate of approximately 112.6 million shares of common stock for future issuance under its equity incentive plans and the 2008 Purchase Plan.
Share-Based Compensation Expense
The Company determines the fair value of its stock options utilizing the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option-pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected life, and dividend yield. The expected volatility is based on the implied volatility of market-traded options on the Company’s common stock, adjusted for other relevant factors including historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected life of the Company’s stock options. The expected life of a stock option award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees, as well as the potential effect from stock options that had not been exercised at the time. S i nce 2006, the Company has granted stock option awards that have a maximum contractual life of seven years from the date of grant. Prior to 2006, stock option awards generally had a ten-year contractual life from the date of grant.
 29 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company determines the fair value of its RSUs and PSAs based upon the fair market value of the shares of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant.
The assumptions used and the resulting estimates of fair value for employee stock options and the employee stock purchase plan during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009 were:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Employee Stock Options:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Volatility factor	 	 	39% - 42	%	 	 	43% - 46	%	 	 	33% - 42	%	 	 	43% - 58	%	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	1.1% - 1.4	%	 	 	0.4% - 4.2	%	 	 	1.1% - 2.2	%	 	 	0.4% - 4.2	%	
Expected life (years)	 	 	4.3	 	 	 	4.3 - 5.7	 	 	 	4.3	 	 	 	4.3 - 5.8	 	
Dividend yield	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Fair value per share	 	$	8.93 - $9.81	 	 	$	9.52 - $10.25	 	 	$	7.83 - $30.36	 	 	$	6.02 - $10.49	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Volatility factor	 	 	36	%	 	 	46	%	 	 	35% - 36	%	 	 	46% - 58	%	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	0.2	%	 	 	0.3	%	 	 	0.2	%	 	 	0.3% - 0.4	%	
Expected life (years)	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	0.5	 	
Dividend yield	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Weighted-average fair value per share	 	$	7.09	 	 	$	7.35	 	 	$	6.19 - $7.09	 	 	$	4.51 - $7.35	 	
 		
The Company expenses the cost of its stock options, on a straight line basis, over the vesting period. The Company expenses the cost of its RSUs ratably over the vesting period. The Company recognizes PSA expense over the vesting period, beginning in the period in which the performance conditions are set. The weighted-average fair value per share of RSUs and PSAs granted during these periods were:	
 		
  	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	
 	 	2010	 	2009	 	2010	 	2009	
Weighted-average fair value per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs	 	$	28.18	 	 	$	25.86	 	 	$	29.27	 	 	$	16.09	 	
PSAs	 	$	27.76	 	 	$	26.30	 	 	$	28.73	 	 	$	17.18	 	
 		
The Company’s share-based compensation expense associated with stock options, employee stock purchases, RSUs, and PSAs is recorded in the following cost and expense categories for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009 (in millions):	
 		
  	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Cost of revenues — Product	 	$	1.0	 	 	$	0.9	 	 	$	3.1	 	 	$	2.8	 	
Cost of revenues — Service (1)	 	 	3.2	 	 	 	2.6	 	 	 	10.0	 	 	 	7.6	 	
Research and development	 	 	19.3	 	 	 	14.3	 	 	 	55.0	 	 	 	44.0	 	
Sales and marketing (1)	 	 	13.4	 	 	 	11.0	 	 	 	39.0	 	 	 	31.8	 	
General and administrative	 	 	7.5	 	 	 	5.5	 	 	 	22.5	 	 	 	15.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	44.4	 	 	$	34.3	 	 	$	129.6	 	 	$	101.4	 	

			
(1)	 	Prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.	
 30 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense by award type (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Nine Months Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Options	 	$	20.5	 	 	$	20.5	 	 	$	61.4	 	 	$	60.0	 	
Assumed options	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	—	 	
Other acquisition-related compensation	 	 	1.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2.6	 	 	 	—	 	
Assumed RSUs	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	—	 	
RSUs and PSAs	 	 	19.1	 	 	 	10.3	 	 	 	54.6	 	 	 	30.3	 	
Employee stock purchase plan	 	 	3.5	 	 	 	3.5	 	 	 	9.9	 	 	 	11.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	44.4	 	 	$	34.3	 	 	$	129.6	 	 	$	101.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of September 30, 2010, approximately $118.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.4 years while approximately $130.0 million of unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unvested RSUs and PSAs will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.4 years.
401(k) Plan
The Company maintains a savings and retirement plan qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Employees meeting the eligibility requirements, as defined, may contribute up to the statutory limits of the year. The Company has matched employee contributions since January 1, 2001, currently matching 25% of all eligible employee contributions. All matching contributions vest immediately. The Company’s matching contributions to the plan totaled $3.2 million and $10.7 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, and $2.8 million and $9.8 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation (“NQDC”) plan is an unfunded and unsecured deferred compensation arrangement. Under the NQDC plan, officers and other senior employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation and contribute such amounts to one or more investment funds. The NQDC plan assets are included within investments, and offsetting obligations are included within accrued compensation on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The investments are considered trading securities and are reported at fair value. The realized and unrealized holding gains and losses related to these investments are recorded in interest and other income, net, and the offsetting compensation expense are recorded as operating expenses in the condensed consolidated results of operations. The deferred compensation liability under the NQDC plan was approximately $7.2 million and $4.7 million as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.
Note 13. Segments
The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) allocates resources and assesses performance based on financial information by the Company’s business groups. The Company’s operations are organized into two reportable segments: Infrastructure and SLT. The Infrastructure segment includes products from the E-, M-, MX-, and T-series router product families, EX-series switching products, as well as the circuit-to-packet products. The SLT segment consists primarily of Firewall virtual private network (“Firewall”) systems and appliances, SRX service gateways, secure socket layer (“SSL”) virtual private network (“VPN”) appliances, intrusion detection and prevention (“IDP”) appliances, the J-series router product family and wide area network (“WAN”) optimization platforms.
The primary financial measure used by the CODM in assessing performance of the segments is segment operating income, which includes certain cost of revenues, research and development (“R&D”) expenses, sales and marketing expenses, and general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses. The CODM does not allocate certain miscellaneous expenses to its segments even though such expenses are included in the Company’s management operating income.
 31 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For arrangements with both Infrastructure and SLT products and services, revenue is attributed to the segment based on the underlying purchase order, contract, or sell-through report. Direct costs and operating expenses, such as standard costs, R&D, and product marketing expenses, are generally applied to each segment. Indirect costs, such as manufacturing overhead and other cost of revenues, are allocated based on standard costs. Indirect operating expenses, such as sales, marketing, business development, and G&A expenses are generally allocated to each segment based on factors including headcount, usage, and revenue. The CODM does not allocate share-based compensation, amortization of purchased intangible assets, restructuring and impairment charges, gains or losses on equity investments, other net income and expense, income taxes, or certain other charges to the segments.
The following table summarizes financial information for each segment used by the CODM (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Net revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	607.6	 	 	$	472.0	 	 	$	1,753.9	 	 	$	1,396.2	 	
Service	 	 	136.5	 	 	 	123.2	 	 	 	389.2	 	 	 	350.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Infrastructure revenues	 	 	744.1	 	 	 	595.2	 	 	 	2,143.1	 	 	 	1,746.3	 	
SLT:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	193.6	 	 	 	162.1	 	 	 	542.5	 	 	 	432.7	 	
Service	 	 	74.7	 	 	 	66.6	 	 	 	217.7	 	 	 	195.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total SLT revenues	 	 	268.3	 	 	 	228.7	 	 	 	760.2	 	 	 	628.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	 	1,012.4	 	 	 	823.9	 	 	 	2,903.3	 	 	 	2,374.5	 	
Operating income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure	 	 	179.9	 	 	 	126.9	 	 	 	537.6	 	 	 	358.8	 	
SLT	 	 	64.6	 	 	 	44.4	 	 	 	152.3	 	 	 	79.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total management operating income	 	 	244.5	 	 	 	171.3	 	 	 	689.9	 	 	 	438.4	 	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets (1)	 	 	(2.4	)	 	 	(2.7	)	 	 	(5.0	)	 	 	(13.4	)	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	(44.4	)	 	 	(34.3	)	 	 	(129.6	)	 	 	(101.4	)	
Share-based payroll tax expense	 	 	(0.5	)	 	 	(0.8	)	 	 	(3.8	)	 	 	(1.5	)	
Restructuring charges	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	(4.5	)	 	 	(8.6	)	 	 	(16.3	)	
Acquisition-related and other charges	 	 	(1.5	)	 	 	(1.0	)	 	 	(2.1	)	 	 	(1.0	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating income	 	 	195.5	 	 	 	128.0	 	 	 	540.8	 	 	 	304.8	 	
Interest and other income, net	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	 	2.5	 	 	 	6.6	 	
Gain (loss) on equity investment	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3.2	 	 	 	(3.3	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest	 	$	195.7	 	 	$	129.7	 	 	$	546.5	 	 	$	308.1	 	

			
(1)	 	Amount includes amortization expense of purchased intangible assets in operating expenses and in cost of revenues.	
Depreciation expense allocated to the Infrastructure segment was $27.8 million and $78.9 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, and $24.1 million and $69.1 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. The depreciation expense allocated to the SLT segment was 9.4 million and $28.5 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, and $9.7 million and $29.4 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.
 32 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company attributes revenues to geographic region based on the customer’s ship-to location. The following table shows net revenues by geographic region (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Americas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	481.2	 	 	$	380.3	 	 	$	1,368.0	 	 	$	1,045.4	 	
Other	 	 	51.6	 	 	 	42.5	 	 	 	147.4	 	 	 	128.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Americas	 	 	532.8	 	 	 	422.8	 	 	 	1,515.4	 	 	 	1,173.4	 	
Europe, Middle East and Africa	 	 	275.9	 	 	 	243.2	 	 	 	829.5	 	 	 	698.3	 	
Asia Pacific	 	 	203.7	 	 	 	157.9	 	 	 	558.4	 	 	 	502.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,012.4	 	 	$	823.9	 	 	$	2,903.3	 	 	$	2,374.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
During the three months ended September 30, 2010, no single customer accounted for greater than 10.0% of the Company’s net revenues, and during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, Verizon Communications, Inc. (“Verizon”) accounted for 10.0% of net revenues. During the three months ended September 30, 2009, Verizon accounted for 10.4% of net revenues. No single customer accounted for greater than 10.0% or more of the Company’s net revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
The Company tracks assets by physical location. The majority of the Company’s assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents and investments, as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, were attributable to U.S. operations. As of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, property and equipment, held in the U.S. as a percentage of total property and equipment was approximately 80.0%. Although management reviews asset information on a corporate level and allocates depreciation expense by segment, the CODM does not review asset information on a segment basis.
Note 14. Income Taxes
The Company recorded a tax provision of $61.4 million and $45.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, or effective tax rates of 31% and 35%, respectively. The Company recorded a tax provision of $117.2 million and $214.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, or effective tax rates of 21% and 69%, respectively.
The effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, differ from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the benefit of earnings in foreign jurisdictions which are subject to lower tax rates, and a $54.1 million income tax benefit recorded during the Company’s first quarter resulting from a change in the Company’s estimate of unrecognized tax benefits related to share-based compensation. The change in estimate was a result of the taxpayer favorable ruling by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit (the “Court”) in Xilinx Inc. v. Commissioner in March 2010. These benefits were partially offset by charges for increases in the valuation allowance against the Company’s California deferred tax assets of approximately $3.2 million and $8.4 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.
The effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, differ from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to three income tax charges: a $4.6 million charge in the Company’s third quarter of 2009 related to an investigation by the Indian tax authorities, a $52.1 million charge in the Company’s second quarter of 2009, related to a change in the Company’s estimate of unrecognized tax benefits as a result of the original decision reached in May of 2009 by the Court in Xilinx Inc. v. Commissioner , which was not held in favor of the taxpayer, and a $61.8 million charge which resulted from changes in California income tax laws enacted during the Company’s first quarter of 2009. The tax rates for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, were favorably impacted by the benefit of earnings in foreign jurisdictions, which are subject to lower tax rates, and the federal R&D credit.
The gross unrecognized tax benefits decreased by approximately $68.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Interest and penalties for the same period decreased by approximately $5.1 million. Interest and penalties accrued for the three months ended September 30, 2010, were not significant. The decrease in the gross unrecognized tax benefits and the accrued interest and penalties is primarily related to the change in estimate during the Company’s first quarter of 2010, resulting from the Court’s decision in Xilinx v. Commissioner referenced above.
 33 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for the 2004 through 2006 tax years, the China tax authorities for the 2009 tax year, and the France tax authorities for the 2007 through 2009 tax years. The Company is also subject to two separate ongoing examinations by the India tax authorities for the 2004 tax year and 2004 through 2008 tax years, respectively, and has received an inquiry from the Hong Kong tax authorities for the 2002 through 2008 tax years. Additionally, the Company has not reached a final resolution with the IRS on an adjustment it proposed for the 1999 and 2000 tax years. The Company is not aware of any other income tax examination by taxing authorities in any other major jurisdictions in which it files income tax returns as of September 30, 2010.
In 2009, as part of the on-going 2004 IRS audit, the Company received a proposed adjustment related to the license of acquired intangibles under an intercompany R&D cost sharing arrangement. In March 2009 and April 2010, the Company received assessments from the Hong Kong tax authorities specifically related to inquiries of the 2002 and 2003 tax years, respectively. In December 2008, the Company received a proposed adjustment from the India tax authorities related to the 2004 tax year.
In July 2009, the India tax authorities commenced a separate investigation of our 2004 through 2008 tax returns and are disputing the Company’s determination of taxable income due to the cost basis of certain fixed assets. The Company accrued $4.6 million in penalties and interest in 2009 related to this matter. The Company understands that the India tax authorities may issue an initial assessment that is substantially higher than this amount. As a result, in accordance with the administrative and judicial process in India, the Company may be required to make payments that are substantially higher than the amount accrued in order to ultimately settle this issue. The Company strongly believes that any assessment it may receive in excess of the amount accrued would be inconsistent with applicable India tax laws and intends to defend this position vigorously. The Company is pursuing all available administrative procedures relative to the matters referenced above. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcomes related to these proposed adjustments, and the ultimate resolution of these matters is unlikely to have a material effect on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations; however, there is a possibility that an adverse outcome of these matters could have a material effect on its consolidated financial condition and results of operations. For more information, please see Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, under the heading “IRS Notices of Proposed Adjustments.”
The Company engages in continuous discussions and negotiations with tax authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions. It is reasonably possible that the balance of the gross unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $7.1 million within the next twelve months due to lapses of applicable statutes of limitation in multiple jurisdictions that the Company operated in. However, at this time, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments related to the remaining unrecognized tax liabilities due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes.
Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies
Commitments
The following table summarizes the Company’s future principal contractual obligations as of September 30, 2010 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	 	Thereafter	 	 	Other	 	
Operating leases	 	$	278.8	 	 	$	13.3	 	 	$	45.8	 	 	$	40.6	 	 	$	31.1	 	 	$	25.8	 	 	$	122.2	 	 	$	—	 	
Sublease rental income	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Purchase commitments	 	 	186.0	 	 	 	186.0	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Tax liabilities	 	 	102.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	102.2	 	
Other contractual obligations	 	 	57.9	 	 	 	28.6	 	 	 	18.0	 	 	 	9.5	 	 	 	1.8	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	624.7	 	 	$	227.7	 	 	$	63.8	 	 	$	50.1	 	 	$	32.9	 	 	$	25.8	 	 	$	122.2	 	 	$	102.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating Leases
The Company leases its facilities under operating leases that expire at various times, the longest of which expires in November 22, 2022. Future minimum payments under the non-cancelable operating leases, net of committed sublease income, totaled $278.6 million as of September 30, 2010. Rent expense was $14.0 million and $41.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, and $14.2 million and $42.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.
 34 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Purchase Commitments
In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and ensure adequate component supply, contract manufacturers utilized by the Company place non-cancelable, non-returnable (“NCNR”) orders for components based on the Company’s build forecasts. As of September 30, 2010, there were NCNR component orders placed by the contract manufacturers with a value of $186.0 million. The contract manufacturers use the components to build products based on the Company’s forecasts and customer purchase orders received by the Company. Generally, the Company does not own the components and title to the products transfers from the contract manufacturers to the Company and immediately to the Company’s customers upon delivery at a designated shipment location. If the components remain unused or the products remain unsold for specified periods, the Company may incur carrying charges or obsolete materials charges for components that the contract manufacturers purchased to build products to meet the Company’s forecast or customer orders. As of September 30, 2010, the Company had accrued $21.2 million based on its estimate of such charges.
Tax Liabilities
As of September 30, 2010, the Company had $102.2 million included in current and long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet for unrecognized tax positions. At this time, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments related to the additional $102.2 million in liability due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes.
Other Contractual Obligations
As of September 30, 2010, other contractual obligations primarily consisted of $26.9 million of indemnity-related and service related escrows, required by certain acquisitions completed in 2005 and 2010, $14.1 million remaining balance for a data center hosting agreement that requires payments through the end of April 2013, $9.1 million for license and service agreements, and $7.7 million under a software subscription agreement that requires payments through the end of January 2011.
Guarantees
The Company enters into agreements with customers that contain indemnification provisions relating to potential situations where claims could be alleged that the Company’s products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third-party. Other guarantees or indemnification arrangements include guarantees of product and service performance, guarantees related to third-party customer-financing arrangements, and standby letters of credit for certain lease facilities. As of September 30, 2010, the Company had $22.4 million in guarantees and standby letters of credit and recorded a liability of $8.8 million related to a third-party customer-financing guarantee. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $34.0 million in guarantees and standby letters of credit along with a liability of $21.9 million related to a third-party customer-financing guarantee.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject to legal claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, such as employment or intellectual property claims, including the matters described below. The outcome of any such matters is currently not determinable. Although the Company does not expect that any such legal claims or litigation will ultimately have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations, an adverse result in one or more of such matters could negatively affect the Company’s consolidated financial results in the period in which they occur.
Federal Securities Class Action
On July 14, 2006, and August 29, 2006, two purported class actions were filed in the Northern District of California against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. On November 20, 2006, the Court consolidated the two actions as In re Juniper Networks, Inc. Securities Litigation, No. C06-04327-JW, and appointed the New York City Pension Funds as lead plaintiffs. The lead plaintiffs filed a Consolidated Class Action Complaint on January 12, 2007, and filed an Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint on April 9, 2007. The Amended Consolidated Complaint alleges that the defendants violated federal securities laws by manipulating stock option grant dates to coincide with low stock prices and issuing false and misleading statements including, among others, incorrect financial statements due to the improper accounting of stock option grants. The Amended Consolidated Complaint asserts claims for violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired Juniper Networks’ publicly-traded securities from July 12, 2001, through and including August 10, 2006. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages in an
 35 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
unspecified amount. On June 7, 2007, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss certain of the claims, and a hearing was held on September 10, 2007. On March 31, 2008, the Court issued an order granting in part and denying in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss. The order dismissed with prejudice plaintiffs’ section 10(b) claim to the extent it was based on challenged statements made before July 14, 2001. The order also dismissed, with leave to amend, plaintiffs’ section 10(b) claim against Pradeep Sindhu. The order upheld all of plaintiffs’ remaining claims. Plaintiffs did not amend their complaint.
On September 25, 2009, the Court certified a plaintiff class consisting of all persons and entities who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company’s securities from July 11, 2003 to August 10, 2006 inclusive, and were damaged thereby, including those who received or acquired Juniper Networks’ common stock issued pursuant to the registration statement on SEC Form S-4, dated March 10, 2004, for the Company’s merger with NetScreen Technologies Inc. and purchasers of Zero Coupon Convertible Senior Notes due June 15, 2008 issued pursuant to a registration statement on SEC Form S-3 dated November 20, 2003. Excluded from the class are the defendants and the current and former officers and directors of the Company, their immediate families, their heirs, successors, or assigns and any entity controlled by any such person.
On February 5, 2010, the Company and the lead plaintiffs entered into an agreement in principle to settle the claims against the Company and each of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. The settlement was contingent upon final approval by the Court. On April 12, 2010, the Court granted preliminary approval of the proposed settlement. On August 30, 2010, the Court held a fairness hearing to consider whether to grant final approval of the settlement. On August 31, 2010, the Court granted final approval of the settlement and issued a Final Judgment and Order of Dismissal with Prejudice. Under the settlement, the claims against the Company and its officers and directors were dismissed with prejudice and released in exchange for a $169.0 million cash payment by the Company. The Company considered the proposed payment to be probable and reasonably estimable and, therefore, recorded the cash settlement amount as a pre-tax operating expense in its consolidated statement of operations for the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2009.
IPO Allocation Case
In December 2001, a class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, FleetBoston Robertson Stephens, Inc., Royal Bank of Canada (Dain Rauscher Wessels), SG Cowen Securities Corporation, UBS Warburg LLC (Warburg Dillon Read LLC), Chase (Hambrecht & Quist LLC), J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Lehman Brothers, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated (collectively, the “Underwriters”), Juniper Networks and certain of Juniper Networks’ officers. This action was brought on behalf of purchasers of the Company’s common stock in its initial public offering in June 1999 and the Company’s secondary offering in September 1999.
Specifically, among other things, this complaint alleged that the prospectus pursuant to which shares of common stock were sold in the Company’s initial public offering and the Company’s subsequent secondary offering contained certain false and misleading statements or omissions regarding the practices of the Underwriters with respect to their allocation of shares of common stock in these offerings and their receipt of commissions from customers related to such allocations. Various plaintiffs have filed actions asserting similar allegations concerning the initial public offerings of approximately 300 other issuers. These various cases pending in the Southern District of New York have been coordinated for pretrial proceedings as In re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation , 21 MC 92. In April 2002, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint in the action against the Company, alleging violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The parties have reached a global settlement of the litigation. On October 5, 2009, the Court entered an Opinion and Order granting final approval of the settlement. Under the settlement, the insurers are to pay the full amount of settlement share allocated to the Company, and the Company will bear no financial liability. The Company, as well as the officer and director defendants who were previously dismissed from the action pursuant to tolling agreements, will receive complete dismissals from the case. Certain objectors have appealed the Court’s October 5, 2009, final order to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.
IRS Notices of Proposed Adjustments
In 2007, the IRS opened an examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax and employment tax returns for the 2004 fiscal year. Subsequently, the IRS extended their examination of the Company’s employment tax returns to include fiscal years 2005 and 2006. As of September 30, 2010, the IRS has not yet concluded its examinations of these returns. In September 2008, as part of its ongoing audit of the U.S. federal income tax return, the IRS issued a Notice of Proposed Adjustment (“NOPA”) regarding the Company’s business credits. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to this proposed adjustment.
 36 

Table of Contents
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
In July 2009, the Company received a NOPA from the IRS claiming that the Company owes additional taxes, plus interest and possible penalties, for the 2004 tax year based on a transfer pricing transaction related to the license of acquired intangibles under an intercompany R&D cost sharing arrangement. The asserted changes to the Company’s 2004 tax year would affect the Company’s income tax liabilities in tax years subsequent to 2003. Because of the NOPA, the estimated incremental tax liability would be approximately $807.0 million, excluding interest and penalties. The Company has filed a protest to the proposed deficiency with the IRS, which has been referred to the Appeals Division of the IRS; however an Appeals conference has not yet been scheduled. The Company strongly believes the IRS’ position with regard to this matter is inconsistent with applicable tax laws and existing Treasury regulations, and that the Company’s previously reported income tax provision for the year in question is appropriate. However, there can be no assurance that this matter will be resolved in the Company’s favor. Regardless of whether this matter is resolved in the Company’s favor, the final resolution of this matter could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and/or settle. While the Company believes it has provided adequately for this matter, there is a possibility that an adverse outcome of the matter could have a material effect on its results of operations and financial condition.
The Company has not reached a final resolution with the IRS on an adjustment the IRS proposed for the 1999 and 2000 tax years. The Company is also under routine examination by certain state and non-U.S. tax authorities. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcomes related to these audits.
Note 16. Joint Venture
In 2009, the Company entered into an agreement to form a joint venture to provide a combined carrier Ethernet-based solution with NSN. Since inception, the Company has had a 60 percent interest in the joint venture. Both NSN and Juniper Networks are entitled to appoint two board members to the board of the joint venture. The board shall consist of four board members at all times.
Given the Company’s majority ownership interest in the joint venture, the venture’s financial results have been consolidated with the accounts of the Company, and a noncontrolling interest has been recorded to reflect the noncontrolling investor’s interest in the venture’s results. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated, with the exception of the noncontrolling interest.
Note 17. Subsequent Events
Stock Repurchases
Subsequent to September 30, 2010, through the filing of this report, the Company repurchased and retired approximately 2.9 million shares of its common stock for approximately $92.6 million under its 2010 Stock Repurchase program at an average purchase price of $31.85 per share. The Company’s 2010 Stock Repurchase Program had remaining authorized funds of $839.2 million as of the report filing date. Purchases under the Company’s 2010 Stock Repurchase Program are subject to a review of the circumstances in place at the time and will be made from time to time as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements. This program may be discontinued at any time.
 37 

Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (“Report”), including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and the future results of Juniper Networks, Inc. (“we,” “us,” or the “Company”) that are based on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about our business, our results of operations, the industry in which we operate and the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “targets,” “goals,” “projects,” “would,” “could,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” variations of such words, and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this Report under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part II and elsewhere, and in other reports we file with the SEC, specifically our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. While forward-looking statements are based on reasonable expectations of our management at the time that they are made, you should not rely on them. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.
The following discussion is based upon our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Report, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). In the course of operating our business, we routinely make decisions as to the timing of the payment of invoices, the collection of receivables, the manufacturing and shipment of products, the fulfillment of orders, the purchase of supplies, and the building of inventory and spare parts, among other matters. Each of these decisions has some impact on the financial results for any given period. In making these decisions, we consider various factors including contractual obligations, customer satisfaction, competition, internal and external financial targets and expectations, and financial planning objectives. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingencies. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to sales returns, pricing credits, warranty costs, allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment of long-term assets, especially goodwill and intangible assets, contract manufacturer exposures for carrying and obsolete material charges, assumptions used in the valuation of share-based compensation, and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. For further information about our critical accounting policies and estimates, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and our “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section included in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
To aid in understanding our operating results for the periods covered by this Report, we have provided an executive overview and a summary of the business and market environment. These sections should be read in conjunction with the more detailed discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations in this Item 2, our “Risk Factors” section included in Item 1A of Part II, and our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes included in Item 1 of Part I of this report.
Executive Overview
Our financial performance for the third quarter of 2010 reflects our continued focus on investing in innovations that deliver long-term value to our customers and expanding operating margins. In the third quarter of 2010, net revenues increased year-over-year in both the enterprise and service provider markets across our three geographic regions. These increases reflect the recovering global economy, as well as growing market demand for networking and security products in response to our customers’ network expansions. Additionally, while our net revenues grew, we continued to control costs as we invest in our innovation and customer satisfaction initiatives.
 38 

Table of Contents

The following table provides an overview of our key financial metrics for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009 (in millions, except per share amounts and percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	
Net revenues	 	$	1,012.4	 	 	$	823.9	 	 	$	188.5	 	 	 	23	%	 	$	2,903.3	 	 	$	2,374.5	 	 	$	528.8	 	 	 	22	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	$	195.5	 	 	$	128.0	 	 	 	67.5	 	 	 	53	%	 	$	540.8	 	 	$	304.8	 	 	 	236.0	 	 	 	77	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	19.3	%	 	 	15.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	18.6	%	 	 	12.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Juniper Networks	 	$	134.5	 	 	$	83.8	 	 	 	50.7	 	 	 	61	%	 	$	428.2	 	 	 	94.1	 	 	$	334.1	 	 	 	355	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	13.3	%	 	 	10.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	14.7	%	 	 	4.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share attributable to Juniper Networks common stock holders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	0.26	 	 	$	0.16	 	 	$	0.10	 	 	 	63	%	 	$	0.82	 	 	$	0.18	 	 	$	0.64	 	 	 	356	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	$	0.25	 	 	$	0.16	 	 	$	0.09	 	 	 	56	%	 	$	0.80	 	 	$	0.18	 	 	$	0.62	 	 	 	344	%	

 	•	 	Net revenues : Our net revenues increased across all three regions, in both the service provider and enterprise markets, in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009. These increases were primarily due to the recovering global economy and increased demand for our most recent product lines, the EX-series switches, MX-series routers, and SRX service gateways.	

 	•	 	Operating Income: Our operating income as well as operating margin increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009. These increases were, in large part, due to the increase in revenues and our continued efforts to control expenses and improve efficiencies while focusing our investments in key strategic growth areas.	

 	•	 	Net Income Attributable to Juniper Networks and Net Income Per Share Attributable to Juniper Networks Common Stock Holders : The increase in net income attributable to Juniper Networks in the three months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009, is primarily due to the increase in operating income during the period. Net income attributable to Juniper Networks increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009, is primarily due to the increase in operating income during the period and the non-recurring income tax benefit of $54.1 million we received in the first quarter from a change in estimate of unrecognized tax benefits related to share-based compensation. The change resulted from the decision in the first quarter of 2010 of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit in Xilinx Inc. v. Commissioner .	

 	•	 	Stock Repurchase Activity : Under our stock repurchase programs, we repurchased approximately 5.0 million shares of our common stock on the open market at an average price of $26.81 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $134.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2010, and approximately 14.3 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $27.09 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $386.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010.	

 	•	 	Other Financial Highlights : Total deferred revenue increased $31.5 million to $785.1 million as of September 30, 2010, compared to $753.6 million as of December 31, 2009, primarily due to an increase in deferred product revenue from undelivered product commitments and an increase in deferred service revenue, largely due to higher sales of service contracts and multi-year service billings.	
Business and Market Environment
We design, develop, and sell products and services that together provide our customers with high-performance network infrastructure that creates responsive and trusted environments for accelerating the deployment of services and applications over a single network. We serve the high-performance networking requirements of global service providers, enterprises, governments, and research and public sector organizations that view the network as critical to their success. High-performance networking is designed to provide fast, reliable, and secure access to applications and services at scale. We offer a high-performance network infrastructure that includes IP routing, Ethernet switching, security and application acceleration solutions, as well as partnerships designed to extend the value of the network and worldwide services and support designed to optimize customer investments.
 39 

Table of Contents

Over the first three quarters of 2010, the global economy continued to recover, yet the pace and trajectory of that recovery varied by geography. In this economic climate, we experienced an increase in demand for our products and services due to the growing demand for networking, as more traffic is being carried over the internet, computing is being centralized in massive data centers, and more people in businesses rely on digital devices connected to the network. This demand improved the purchasing behavior of our customers across all regions for enterprise and among service providers in Europe, Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”) year-over-year. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, we continued to invest in key research and development (“R&D”) projects that we believe will lead to future growth and remained focused on containing costs and allocating resources effectively.
Strategically, we are making progress toward our vision of the New Network by expanding our portfolio of products and solutions and aligning those products with mobile internet and cloud computing market trends. During the first three quarters of 2010, we continued to deliver new and innovative, high-performance network infrastructure solutions. We also expanded our portfolio of offerings for the enterprise market to provide a comprehensive portfolio of routing, switching, and security products that are running on Junos ® . We launched our next generation data center architecture named 3-2-1, that enables customers to connect large numbers of data center servers and storage devices in a way that we believe improves the economics and the performance of these massive data centers. We announced and began shipping the EX4500, a data center switch that can leverage our Virtual Chassis technology to create a data center fabric across multiple networking devices and can offer up to 48 10-gigabit Ethernet (“10GbE”) ports. We began shipping the new EX2200 line of fixed-configuration managed Ethernet switches that offers a plug-and-play solution that addresses access connectivity requirements of high performance businesses. We also announced and began shipping the EX8200-40XS line card that enables our modular switch EX8200 to deliver 40 10GbE ports per line card and the MX80 3D Universal Edge Router, powered by the Junos Trio chipset and designed for both service provider and enterprise deployments. Additionally, we announced our latest fabric chipset that will enable customers to upgrade their existing T-series core routers.
In the area of mobility, we announced and began shipping Junos Pulse, a downloadable client software for secure connections across mobile devices including notebooks, netbooks, smartphones, and tablets as well as non-mobile devices to a broad range of corporate applications for a better, simpler experience for users. Additionally, we announced several new and expanded mobility partnerships intended to deliver software and solutions for mobile operators and improve experience and economics of their networks.
In addition to our infrastructure and mobility products, we announced four new applications that will enable IT managers to orchestrate the automation and security of networks from a single user-oriented management interface: (i) Juniper Virtual Control, a Junos Space-based application to help data center customers manage their Juniper physical switches and VMware virtual switches; (ii) Juniper Ethernet Design, a unified Ethernet management application that enables the data center or campus network to dial up or down as needed in response to the needs of applications and users; (iii) Juniper Security Design, a software application that allows point-and-click turn-up of both security devices and services; and (iv) Juniper Service Insight, a software application for proactive detection, diagnosis, and resolution of network performance issues.
In April 2010, we completed our acquisition of Ankeena Networks, Inc. (“Ankeena”), a privately-held company, which gives us video delivery capabilities that optimize web-based video delivery, provides key components of a content delivery network architecture/solution, improve consumers’ online video experience, and reduces service provider and carrier service provider infrastructure costs for providing web-based video. Additionally, in July 2010, we completed our acquisition of SMobile Systems, Inc. (“SMobile”), a privately-held software company, which will allow us to extend our security focus through integration of SMobile’s product portfolio with Junos Pulse.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. We base our estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience, and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances to determine the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements. The critical accounting policies described below are significantly affected by critical accounting estimates. Such accounting policies require significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates used in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these policies. To the extent there are material differences between our estimates and the actual results, our future consolidated results of operations may be affected.
 40 

Table of Contents

•	 	Revenue recognition. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria have been met:	

 	•	 	Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. We generally rely upon sales contracts, or agreements and customer purchase orders, to determine the existence of an arrangement.	

 	•	 	Delivery has occurred . We use shipping terms and related documents or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, to verify delivery or performance. In instances where we have outstanding obligations related to product delivery or the final acceptance of the product, revenue is deferred until all the delivery and acceptance criteria have been met.	

 	•	 	Sales price is fixed or determinable . We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.	

 	•	 	Collectability is reasonably assured . We assess collectability based on the creditworthiness of customers as determined by our credit checks and their payment histories. We record accounts receivable net of allowance for doubtful accounts, estimated customer returns, and pricing credits.	
We adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-13, Topic 605 — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”) and ASU No. 2009-14, Topic 985 — Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements (“ASU 2009-14”) on a prospective basis as of the beginning of fiscal 2010 for new and materially modified arrangements originating after December 31, 2009. Under the new standards, we allocate the total arrangement consideration to each separable element of an arrangement based on the relative selling price of each element. Arrangement consideration allocated to undelivered elements is deferred until delivery.
For fiscal 2010 and future periods, pursuant to the guidance of ASU 2009-13, when a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, and software and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible products’ essential functionality, we allocate revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on our vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price (“ESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We then recognize revenue on each deliverable in accordance with our policies for product and service revenue recognition.
VSOE is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling prices fall within a reasonable range based on historical discounting trends for specific products and services. TPE of selling price is established by evaluating largely interchangeable competitor products or services in stand-alone sales to similarly situated customers. However, as our products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and our solutions offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality typically cannot be obtained. Additionally, as we are unable to reliably determine what competitors products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis, we are not typically able to determine TPE. When determining the best estimate of selling price, we apply management judgment by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to pricing practices in different geographies and through different sales channels, gross margin objectives, internal costs, competitor pricing strategies and industry technology lifecycles.
For transactions initiated prior to January 1, 2010, revenue for arrangements with multiple elements, such as sales of products that include services, is allocated to each element using the residual method based on the VSOE of fair value of the undelivered items pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 985-605, Software — Revenue Recognition . Under the residual method, the amount of revenue allocated to delivered elements equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of any undelivered elements. If VSOE of fair value of one or more undelivered items does not exist, revenue from the entire arrangement is deferred and recognized at the earlier of (i) delivery of those elements or (ii) when fair value can be established unless maintenance is the only undelivered element, in which case, the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the contractual support period.
As a result of the adoption of ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14, net revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, were approximately $50 million and $128 million higher than the net revenues that would have been recorded under the previous accounting rules. The increase in revenues was due to recognition of revenue for products booked and shipped during these periods which consisted primarily of $31 million and $91 million for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, respectively, related to undelivered product commitments for which we were unable to demonstrate fair value pursuant to the previous accounting standards. The remainder of the increase in revenue for the three and nine month periods was due to products sold into multiple-year service arrangements which were recognized ratably under the previous accounting standards and for the change in our allocation methodology from the residual method to the relative selling price method as prescribed by ASU 2009-13.
 41 

Table of Contents

We cannot reasonably estimate the effect of adopting these standards on future financial periods as the impact will vary depending on the nature and volume of new or materially modified arrangements in any given period as well as on changes in our business practices. However, as ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 would allow us to recognize revenue for the portion allocated to delivered items in multiple element arrangements and defer revenue for only the portion allocated to the undelivered items, we expect that the magnitude of deferrals related to undelivered product commitments and other items, for which we previously would not have been able to establish VSOE, will gradually decrease over time.
We account for multiple agreements with a single customer as one arrangement if the contractual terms and/or substance of those agreements indicate that they may be so closely related that they are, in effect, parts of a single arrangement. Our ability to recognize revenue in the future may be affected if actual selling prices are significantly less than fair value. In addition, our ability to recognize revenue in the future could be impacted by conditions imposed by our customers.
For sales to direct end-users, value-added resellers, and original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) partners, we recognize product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is generally upon shipment. It is our practice to identify an end-user prior to shipment to a value-added reseller. For our end-users and value-added resellers, there are no significant obligations for future performance such as rights of return or pricing credits. Our agreements with OEM partners may allow future rights of returns. Additionally, a portion of our sales are made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits or rights of return. We recognize product revenue on sales made through these distributors upon sell-through as reported to us by the distributors. Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors reflects the effects of distributor pricing credits and the amount of gross margin expected to be realized upon sell-through. Deferred revenue is recorded net of the related product costs of revenue.
We record reductions to revenue for estimated product returns and pricing adjustments, such as rebates and price protection, in the same period that the related revenue is recorded. The amount of these reductions is based on historical sales returns and price protection credits, specific criteria included in rebate agreements, and other factors known at the time. Should actual product returns or pricing adjustments differ from our estimates, additional reductions to revenue may be required. In addition, we report revenue net of sales taxes.
Service revenues include revenue from maintenance, training, and professional services. Maintenance is offered under renewable contracts. Revenue from maintenance service contracts is deferred and recognized ratably over the contractual support period, which is generally one to three years. Revenue from training and professional services is recognized as the services are completed or ratably over the contractual period, which is generally one year or less.
We sell certain interests in accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis as part of a customer financing arrangement primarily with one major financing company. We record cash received under this arrangement in advance of revenue recognition as short-term debt.

•	 	Contract Manufacturer Liabilities. We outsource most of our manufacturing, repair, and supply chain management operations to our independent contract manufacturers, and a significant portion of our cost of revenues consists of payments to them. Our independent contract manufacturers manufacture our products primarily in China, Malaysia, Mexico, and the U.S. We have employees in our manufacturing and operations organization who manage relationships with our independent contract manufacturers, manage our supply chain, and monitor product testing and quality. We generally do not own the components and title to products transfers from our independent contract manufacturers to us and immediately to our customers upon shipment. Our independent contract manufacturers produce our products using design specifications, quality assurance programs, and standards that we establish, and they procure components and manufacture our products based on our demand forecasts. These forecasts are our estimates of future demand for our products, based upon historical trends and analysis from our sales and marketing organizations, adjusted for overall market conditions. We establish a provision for inventory, carrying costs, and obsolete material exposures for excess components purchased based on historical trends. If the actual component usage and product demand are significantly lower than forecasted, which may be caused by factors outside of our control, we may incur charges for excess components, which could have an adverse impact on our gross margins and profitability. Supply chain management remains an area of focus as we balance the risk of material obsolescence and supply chain flexibility in order to reduce lead times.	

•	 	Warranty Costs. We generally offer a one-year warranty on all of our hardware products and a 90-day warranty on the media that contains the software embedded in the products. We accrue for warranty costs as part of our cost of sales based on associated material costs, labor costs for customer support, and overhead at the time revenue is recognized. Material cost is estimated primarily based upon the historical costs to repair or replace product returns within the warranty period.	
 42 

Table of Contents

 	 	Technical support labor and overhead cost are estimated primarily based upon historical trends in the cost to support the customer cases within the warranty period. Although we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, our warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, use of materials, technical labor costs, and associated overhead incurred. Should actual product failure rates, use of materials, or service delivery costs differ from our estimates, we may incur additional warranty costs, which could reduce gross margin.	

•	 	Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets. We make significant estimates and assumptions when evaluating impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets on an ongoing basis, as well as when valuing goodwill and other intangible assets in connection with the initial purchase price allocation of an acquired entity. The amounts and useful lives assigned to identified intangible assets impacts the amount and timing of future amortization expense. The value of our intangible assets, including goodwill, could be impacted by future adverse changes such as: (i) future declines in our operating results, (ii) a sustained decline in our market capitalization, (iii) significant slowdown in the worldwide economy or the networking industry, or (iv) failure to meet our forecasted operating results. We evaluate these assets on an annual basis as of November 1 or more frequently if we believe impairment indicators exist. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. Impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair values of the reporting units are estimated using a combination of the income and the market approaches. Under the income approach, we calculate fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate fair value of our reporting units based on market multiples of revenue or earnings for comparable companies. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the fair value of the reporting unit does not exceed the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. When the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, we record an impairment loss equal to the difference. Intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An asset is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future net cash flow the asset is expected to generate and the impairment loss recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. We assess the recoverability of our intangible assets by determining whether the unamortized balances are greater than the sum of undiscounted future net cash flows of the related assets. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based on projected discounted future net cash flows. The estimates used are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. If our actual results or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges.	

•	 	Share-Based Compensation. We recognize share-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards including employee stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance share awards (“PSAs”), and purchases under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). Share-based compensation expense for expected-to-vest share-based awards is valued under the single-option approach and amortized on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures.	

 	 	We utilize the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option-pricing model in order to determine the fair value of stock options. The BSM model requires various highly subjective assumptions including volatility, expected option life, and risk-free interest rate. The expected volatility is based on the implied volatility of market traded options on our common stock, adjusted for other relevant factors including historical volatility of our common stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected life of our stock options. The expected life of an award is based on historical experience, the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees, as well as the potential effect from options that have not been exercised at the time. We determine the fair value of RSUs and PSAs based on the closing market price of our common stock on the grant date. In addition, we estimate stock compensation expense for our PSAs based on the vesting criteria and only recognize expense for the portions of such awards for which annual targets have been set.	

 	 	The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those expected-to-vest shares. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, our recorded share-based compensation expense could be different.	

•	 	Income Taxes. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets	
 43 

Table of Contents

 	 	will be realized from recoverable income taxes or recovered from future taxable income based on the realization criteria set forth in FASB ASC Topic, Income Taxes (“FASB ASC Topic 740”). To the extent that we believe any amounts are not more likely than not to be realized, we record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets. We believe it is more likely than not that future income from the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities and forecasted income will be sufficient to fully recover the remaining deferred tax assets. In the event we determine that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are not realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance is charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if we subsequently realize deferred tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance is reversed, resulting in an adjustment to earnings in the period such determination is made. In addition, the calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize and measure potential liabilities based upon our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due.	

 	 	Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income, and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. In the event that we change our determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, we will adjust our valuation allowance with a corresponding effect to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.	

 	 	Significant judgment is also required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions under FASB ASC Topic 740 and determining our provision for income taxes. Although we believe our reserves under FASB ASC Topic 740 are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made as it was during the first quarter of 2010, when we recorded a non-recurring income tax benefit as a result of a taxpayer favorable federal appellate court ruling in Xilinx, Inc. v. Commissioner . The provision for income taxes includes the effect of reserves under FASB ASC Topic 740 and any changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties, if applicable.	

•	 	Loss Contingencies. We are subject to the possibility of various loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. We consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset, or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies. An estimated loss contingency is accrued when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We record a charge equal to the minimum estimated liability for litigation costs or a loss contingency only when both of the following conditions are met: (i) information available prior to issuance of our consolidated financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements, and (ii) the range of loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether such accruals should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required.	

 	 	From time to time, we are involved in disputes, litigation, and other legal actions. We are aggressively defending our current litigation matters. However, there are many uncertainties associated with any litigation, and these actions or other third-party claims against us may cause us to incur costly litigation and/or substantial settlement charges. In addition, the resolution of any future intellectual property litigation may require us to make royalty payments, which could adversely affect gross margins in future periods. If any of those events were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be adversely affected. The actual liability in any such matters may be materially different from our estimates, which could result in the need to adjust our liability and record additional expenses. For a discussion of current litigation, please see Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.	
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the actual and expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 44 

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
The following table presents product and service net revenues (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Net revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	801.2	 	 	$	634.1	 	 	$	167.1	 	 	 	26	%	 	$	2,296.4	 	 	$	1,828.9	 	 	$	467.5	 	 	 	26	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	79.1	%	 	 	77.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	79.1	%	 	 	77.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service	 	 	211.2	 	 	 	189.8	 	 	 	21.4	 	 	 	11	%	 	 	606.9	 	 	 	545.6	 	 	 	61.3	 	 	 	11	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	20.9	%	 	 	23.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	20.9	%	 	 	23.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	$	1,012.4	 	 	$	823.9	 	 	$	188.5	 	 	 	23	%	 	$	2,903.3	 	 	$	2,374.5	 	 	$	528.8	 	 	 	22	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Our net product revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to an increase in Infrastructure product sales to service provider and enterprise customers across all regions and Service Layer Technologies (“SLT”) product sales to enterprise customers across all regions. The increased revenue was the result of the improved macroeconomic environment as compared to the first three quarters of 2009. Our net service revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009, primarily due to an increase in service and support sales to enterprise customers in the Americas and EMEA regions and to service provider customers in the EMEA and Asia Pacific (“APAC”) regions. The increase in service revenue was primarily driven by growth in the installed base and continued strength in service contract renewals.
Infrastructure Segment Revenues
The following table presents net Infrastructure segment revenues and net Infrastructure segment revenues as a percentage of total net revenues by product and service categories (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Net Infrastructure segment revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure product revenue	 	$	607.6	 	 	$	472.0	 	 	$	135.6	 	 	 	29	%	 	$	1,753.9	 	 	$	1,396.2	 	 	$	357.7	 	 	 	26	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	60.0	%	 	 	57.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	60.4	%	 	 	58.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure service revenue	 	 	136.5	 	 	 	123.2	 	 	 	13.3	 	 	 	11	%	 	 	389.2	 	 	 	350.1	 	 	 	39.1	 	 	 	11	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	13.5	%	 	 	15.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	13.4	%	 	 	14.7	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Infrastructure segment revenues	 	$	744.1	 	 	$	595.2	 	 	$	148.9	 	 	 	25	%	 	$	2,143.1	 	 	$	1,746.3	 	 	$	396.8	 	 	 	23	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	73.5	%	 	 	72.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	73.8	%	 	 	73.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure — Product
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, Infrastructure products revenue experienced growth in the enterprise and service provider markets across all regions. This increase was primarily attributable to revenue growth from our MX-series routers and EX-series switches.
We track Infrastructure chassis revenue units and ports shipped to analyze customer trends and identify areas of potential network growth. Most of our Infrastructure product platforms are modular, with the chassis serving as the base of the platform. Each modular chassis has a certain number of slots that are available to be populated with components we refer to as modules or interfaces. The modules are the components through which the platform receives incoming packets of data from a variety of transmission media. The physical connection between a transmission medium and a module is referred to as a port. The number
 45 

Table of Contents

of ports on a module varies widely depending on the functionality and throughput offered by the module. Chassis revenue units represent the number of chassis on which revenue was recognized during the period. The following table presents Infrastructure revenue units and ports shipped:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	Unit Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	Unit Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Infrastructure chassis revenue units (1)	 	 	3,535	 	 	 	3,227	 	 	 	308	 	 	 	10	%	 	 	9,328	 	 	 	9,253	 	 	 	75	 	 	 	1	%	
Infrastructure ports shipped (1)	 	 	141,846	 	 	 	109,749	 	 	 	32,097	 	 	 	29	%	 	 	378,844	 	 	 	317,260	 	 	 	61,584	 	 	 	19	%	

(1)	 	Excludes modular and fixed configuration EX-series Ethernet switching products and circuit-to-packet products.	
Infrastructure port shipments increased in the three months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009, which was commensurate with the growth in chassis revenue units. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009, the increase in Infrastructure port shipments was greater than chassis revenue units primarily due to an increase in the shipments of MX-series products, which generally contain a higher number of ports per chassis.
Infrastructure — Service
A majority of our service revenue is earned from customers that purchase our products and enter into service contracts for support. The increase in Infrastructure service revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, was primarily driven by the increased revenue from new product sales and strong service contract renewals. From a geographical and market perspective, the increase in Infrastructure service revenues was primarily due to an increase in the enterprise business across all regions and the service provider business in the EMEA and APAC regions. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in service revenue in the Americas service provider market.
SLT Segment Revenues
The following table presents net SLT segment revenues and net SLT segment revenues as a percentage of total net revenues by product and service categories (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Net SLT segment revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
SLT product revenue	 	$	193.6	 	 	$	162.1	 	 	$	31.5	 	 	 	19	%	 	$	542.5	 	 	$	432.7	 	 	$	109.8	 	 	 	25	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	19.1	%	 	 	19.7	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	18.7	%	 	 	18.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
SLT service revenue	 	 	74.7	 	 	 	66.6	 	 	 	8.1	 	 	 	12	%	 	 	217.7	 	 	 	195.5	 	 	 	22.2	 	 	 	11	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	7.4	%	 	 	8.1	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	7.5	%	 	 	8.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total SLT segment revenues	 	$	268.3	 	 	$	228.7	 	 	$	39.6	 	 	 	17	%	 	$	760.2	 	 	$	628.2	 	 	$	132.0	 	 	 	21	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	26.5	%	 	 	27.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	26.2	%	 	 	26.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
SLT — Product
We experienced an increase in SLT product revenue in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to an increase in revenue from our branch and high-end SRX service gateway products partially offset by declines in revenue generated by older branch and high-end firewall products. From a geographical and market perspective, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, we experienced revenue growth in the enterprise market across all regions and in the Americas service provider market.
 46 

Table of Contents

The following table presents SLT revenue units recognized:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	Unit Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	Unit Change	 	 	% Change	 	
SLT revenue units	 	 	55,905	 	 	 	55,319	 	 	 	586	 	 	 	1	%	 	 	170,571	 	 	 	147,717	 	 	 	22,854	 	 	 	15	%	
The year-over-year growth in SLT revenue units was less than the year-over-year growth in SLT product revenues in the three months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009, due to the transition from older branch and high-end firewall products to branch and high-end SRX service gateway products, which have a higher revenue per unit. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009, the increase in SLT revenue units was commensurate with and due to year-over-year growth of SLT product revenue.
SLT — Service
The increase in SLT service revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, was primarily driven by the increased revenue from new product sales and strong service contract renewals. From a geographical and market perspective, the increase in SLT service revenues was primarily due to growth in both the enterprise and service provider markets across all regions.
Net Revenues by Geographic Region
The following table presents the total net revenues by geographic region (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Americas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	481.2	 	 	$	380.3	 	 	$	100.9	 	 	 	27	%	 	$	1,368.0	 	 	$	1,045.4	 	 	$	322.6	 	 	 	31	%	
Other	 	 	51.6	 	 	 	42.5	 	 	 	9.1	 	 	 	21	%	 	 	147.4	 	 	 	128.0	 	 	 	19.4	 	 	 	15	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Americas	 	 	532.8	 	 	 	422.8	 	 	 	110.0	 	 	 	26	%	 	 	1,515.4	 	 	 	1,173.4	 	 	 	342.0	 	 	 	29	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	52.6	%	 	 	51.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	52.2	%	 	 	49.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Europe, Middle East, and Africa	 	 	275.9	 	 	 	243.2	 	 	 	32.7	 	 	 	13	%	 	 	829.5	 	 	 	698.3	 	 	 	131.2	 	 	 	19	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	27.3	%	 	 	29.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	28.6	%	 	 	29.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Asia Pacific	 	 	203.7	 	 	 	157.9	 	 	 	45.8	 	 	 	29	%	 	 	558.4	 	 	 	502.8	 	 	 	55.6	 	 	 	11	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	20.1	%	 	 	19.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	19.2	%	 	 	21.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,012.4	 	 	$	823.9	 	 	$	188.5	 	 	 	23	%	 	$	2,903.3	 	 	$	2,374.5	 	 	$	528.8	 	 	 	22	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues in the Americas region increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total net revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to increased demand in the United States. In the United States, net revenues increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total net revenue, in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to increased product sales to service provider and enterprise customers.
Net revenues in EMEA increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to increased demand in the Russian Federation, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom. This increase was largely driven by product sales to both the enterprise and service provider markets. Net revenue in EMEA as a percentage of total net revenues decreased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to the relative strength of the Americas region.
Net revenues in APAC increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009, primarily due to increased demand in Australia, Japan, and South Korea. This increase was primarily driven by product sales to enterprise customers and service sales to service provider customers. Net revenue in APAC as a percentage of total net revenues increased in the three months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009, as the macroeconomic environment improved in the APAC region, and decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009, primarily due to the relative strength of the Americas region.
 47 

Table of Contents

Net Revenues by Market and Customer
The following table presents the total net revenues by market (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Service Provider	 	$	634.0	 	 	$	524.0	 	 	$	110.0	 	 	 	21	%	 	$	1,847.6	 	 	$	1,557.8	 	 	$	289.8	 	 	 	19	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	62.6	%	 	 	63.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	63.6	%	 	 	65.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Enterprise	 	 	378.4	 	 	 	299.9	 	 	 	78.5	 	 	 	26	%	 	 	1,055.7	 	 	 	816.7	 	 	 	239.0	 	 	 	29	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	37.4	%	 	 	36.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	36.4	%	 	 	34.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,012.4	 	 	$	823.9	 	 	$	188.5	 	 	 	23	%	 	$	2,903.3	 	 	$	2,374.5	 	 	$	528.8	 	 	 	22	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
We sell our high-performance network products and service offerings from our Infrastructure and SLT segments to two primary markets – service provider and enterprise. The service provider market includes wireline, wireless, and cable operators, as well as major internet content and application providers. The enterprise market represents businesses; federal, state, and local governments; and research and education institutions.
Net revenues from sales to the service provider market increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to our customers’ increased investment in new network build-outs and purchases of additional networking capacity to support network growth. Net revenues from sales to the enterprise market increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total net revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to our expanded portfolio of products and our continued investments to expand our footprint in the enterprise market.
During the three months ended September 30, 2010, no single customer accounted for greater than 10.0% or more of our net revenues and during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, Verizon Communications, Inc. (“Verizon”) accounted for 10.0% of our net revenues. During the three months ended September 30, 2009, Verizon accounted for 10.4% of our net revenues. No single customer accounted for greater than 10.0% or more of our net revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
 48 

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues
The following table presents cost of product and service revenues and the related gross margins (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Cost of revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	247.0	 	 	$	206.3	 	 	$	40.7	 	 	 	20	%	 	$	701.2	 	 	$	607.0	 	 	$	94.2	 	 	 	16	%	
percentage of net revenues	 	 	24.4	%	 	 	25.1	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	24.1	%	 	 	25.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service (1)	 	 	87.6	 	 	 	74.3	 	 	 	13.3	 	 	 	18	%	 	 	252.4	 	 	 	215.5	 	 	 	36.9	 	 	 	17	%	
percentage of net revenues	 	 	8.7	%	 	 	9.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	8.7	%	 	 	9.1	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues (1)	 	$	334.6	 	 	$	280.6	 	 	$	54.0	 	 	 	19	%	 	$	953.6	 	 	$	822.5	 	 	$	131.1	 	 	 	16	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
percentage of net revenues	 	 	33.1	%	 	 	34.1	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	32.8	%	 	 	34.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product gross margin	 	$	554.2	 	 	$	427.8	 	 	$	126.4	 	 	 	30	%	 	$	1,595.2	 	 	$	1,222.0	 	 	$	373.2	 	 	 	31	%	
Percentage of product revenues	 	 	69.2	%	 	 	67.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	69.5	%	 	 	66.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service gross margin	 	 	123.6	 	 	 	115.5	 	 	 	8.1	 	 	 	7	%	 	 	354.5	 	 	 	330.0	 	 	 	24.5	 	 	 	7	%	
Percentage of service revenues	 	 	58.5	%	 	 	60.9	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	58.4	%	 	 	60.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total gross margin	 	$	677.8	 	 	$	543.3	 	 	$	134.5	 	 	 	25	%	 	$	1,949.7	 	 	$	1,552.0	 	 	$	397.7	 	 	 	26	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	66.9	%	 	 	65.9	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	67.2	%	 	 	65.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

(1)	 	Prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.	
Most of our manufacturing, repair, and supply chain operations are outsourced to independent contract manufacturers. Accordingly, most of our cost of revenues consists of payments to our independent contract manufacturers for standard product costs. The cost of product revenues increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to an increase in product volume. Product gross margin and product gross margin as a percentage of product revenues increased primarily due to a change in product mix that favored higher margin products and our continued efforts to manage costs. As of September 30, 2010, and 2009, we had 254 and 242 employees, respectively, in our manufacturing and operations organization that primarily manage relationships with our independent contract manufacturers, manage our supply chain, orchestrate new product introductions, and monitor and manage product testing and quality.
The cost of service revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to increased headcount and outside services to support our customer needs and variable compensation. Service-related headcount increased by 11% to 964 employees as of September 30, 2010, compared to 868 employees as of September 30, 2009. Total personnel-related costs as a percentage of service revenues were relatively flat in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, as we continued to manage costs while growing our revenues. Facilities and information technology (“IT”) expenses related to cost of service revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, which is commensurate with the increase in headcount. The change in operating expenses, including cost of service revenue, R&D, sales and marketing, and G&A expenses, due to foreign currency fluctuations was immaterial in the three months ended September 30, 2010, and approximately 1% in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The change in operating expenses, including cost of service revenue, R&D, sales and marketing, and G&A expenses, due to foreign currency fluctuations was 4% in each of the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, respectively.
Service gross margin increased in absolute dollars primarily due to increased service revenues, and service gross margin as a percentage of service revenues decreased primarily due to a shift in mix that was driven by an increase in value-added service related revenue.
 49 

Table of Contents

Facility and IT departmental costs are allocated to costs and operating expense based on usage and headcount, respectively. Such costs increased by $4.8 million and $12.7 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2009 due to an increase in departmental headcount, the continued build-out of our domestic and international development and test centers, and IT applications to support our internal operations. Facility and IT related headcount was 376 employees as of September 30, 2010, compared to 243 employees as of September 30, 2009. We expect to continue investment in our company-wide IT infrastructure.
Operating Expenses
Personnel-related costs, including wages, commissions, bonuses, vacation, benefits, share-based compensation, and travel, have historically been the primary driver of our operating expenses, and we expect this trend to continue. We increased our total headcount by 15% to 8,104 employees as of September 30, 2010, from 7,034 employees as of September 30, 2009, due to increases in almost all of our organizations in an effort to grow the business.
The following table presents operating expenses (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Research and development	 	$	231.2	 	 	$	185.2	 	 	$	46.0	 	 	 	25	%	 	$	662.9	 	 	$	554.5	 	 	$	108.4	 	 	 	21	%	
Sales and marketing (1)	 	 	204.7	 	 	 	183.4	 	 	 	21.3	 	 	 	12	%	 	 	599.3	 	 	 	547.9	 	 	 	51.4	 	 	 	9	%	
General and administrative	 	 	43.8	 	 	 	39.9	 	 	 	3.9	 	 	 	10	%	 	 	132.8	 	 	 	118.3	 	 	 	14.5	 	 	 	12	%	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	0.9	 	 	 	1.3	 	 	 	(0.4	)	 	 	(31	)%	 	 	3.3	 	 	 	9.2	 	 	 	(5.9	)	 	 	(65	)%	
Restructuring charges	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	4.5	 	 	 	(4.3	)	 	 	(96	)%	 	 	8.6	 	 	 	16.2	 	 	 	(7.6	)	 	 	(47	)%	
Acquisition-related and other charges	 	 	1.5	 	 	 	1.0	 	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	50	%	 	 	2.1	 	 	 	1.0	 	 	 	1.1	 	 	 	110	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses (1)	 	$	482.3	 	 	$	415.3	 	 	$	67.0	 	 	 	16	%	 	$	1,409.0	 	 	$	1,247.1	 	 	$	161.9	 	 	 	13	%	

			
(1)	 	Prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.	
The following table highlights our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Research and development	 	 	22.8	%	 	 	22.5	%	 	 	22.8	%	 	 	23.3	%	
Sales and marketing (1)	 	 	20.2	%	 	 	22.3	%	 	 	20.6	%	 	 	23.1	%	
General and administrative	 	 	4.3	%	 	 	4.8	%	 	 	4.7	%	 	 	5.0	%	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	0.1	%	 	 	0.2	%	 	 	0.1	%	 	 	0.4	%	
Restructuring charges	 	 	—	%	 	 	0.5	%	 	 	0.3	%	 	 	0.7	%	
Acquisition-related and other charges	 	 	0.2	%	 	 	0.1	%	 	 	0.1	%	 	 	—	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses (1)	 	 	47.6	%	 	 	50.4	%	 	 	48.6	%	 	 	52.5	%	

			
(1)	 	Prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.	
In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, R&D expenses primarily consisted of personnel-related expenses and other costs related to product development such as equipment and repairs expense, and engineering and development expense. Personnel-related costs increased $22.3 million, or 23%, to $119.2 million and $63.7 million, or 21%, to $363.9 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to a 18% increase in our engineering organization headcount, from 3,237 at September 30, 2009, to 3,819 employees at September 30, 2010, to support continued product innovation, and timing of personnel-related expenses. Additionally, product development cost increased $3.2 million, or 17%, to $21.3 million and $5.6 million, or 11%, to $54.5 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to strategic initiatives to expand our product portfolio and maintain our technological advantage over competitors.
 50 

Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $9.5 million and $46.6 million, respectively. The increase was primarily due to an 8% increase in our sales and marketing headcount from 2,092 to 2,263 employees, an increase in variable compensation driven by growth in our revenues, and an increase in outside services to support our sales and marketing programs.
G&A expenses increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses, partially offset by a decrease in outside services. Personnel-related costs increased by $4.2 million and $13.2 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to a 22% increase in headcount in our worldwide G&A functions, from 352 to 428 employees, in anticipation of future growth in our business. Outside professional service fees decreased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, due to a decline in legal, contractor, and consulting fees.
Amortization of purchased intangible assets decreased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to a decrease in amortization expense of certain purchased intangible assets that fully amortized in 2009 and, to a lesser extent, the full amortization of an intangible asset during the second quarter of 2010.
We incurred $0.2 million and $8.6 million of restructuring charges in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, and $4.5 million and $16.3 million of restructuring charges in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, as a result of the implementation of a restructuring plan as part of our 2009 cost reduction initiatives (the “2009 Restructuring Plan”). For the remainder of 2010, we do not expect to incur significant charges in connection with the 2009 Restructuring Plan. See Note 8, Other Financial Information in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for further discussion of restructuring charges.
On April 19, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the equity securities of Ankeena, a privately-held provider of new media infrastructure technology, and on July 30, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the net assets of SMobile, a privately-held software company focused solely on smartphone and tablet security solutions for the enterprise, service provider, and consumer markets. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recognized $1.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively, in direct and indirect acquisition-related costs such as financial advisory, legal, due diligence, and integration costs as a result of these acquisitions. See Note 3, Business Combination in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for further discussion of the acquisitions of Ankeena and SMobile.
Interest and Other Income, Net, Gain (Loss) on Equity Investments, and Income Tax Provision
The following table presents net interest and other income, gain (loss) on equity investments, and income tax provision (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Interest and other income, net	 	$	0.2	 	 	$	1.7	 	 	$	(1.5	)	 	 	(88	)%	 	$	2.5	 	 	$	6.6	 	 	$	(4.1	)	 	 	(62	)%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	—	%	 	 	0.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	0.1	%	 	 	0.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gain (loss) on equity investments	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	3.2	 	 	 	(3.3	)	 	 	6.5	 	 	 	198	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	—	%	 	 	—	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	0.1	%	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax provision	 	 	61.4	 	 	 	45.9	 	 	 	15.5	 	 	 	34	%	 	 	117.2	 	 	 	214.0	 	 	 	(96.8	)	 	 	(45	)%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	6.0	%	 	 	5.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4.1	%	 	 	9.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

N/M	 	= not meaningful	
Net interest and other income decreased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to lower interest rates and an increase in interest expense from our customer financing arrangements.
There were no gains or losses from our equity investments during the three months ended September 30, 2010. In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we recognized a $3.2 million gain from our privately-held equity investment as a result of our acquisition of Ankeena. For further discussion, see Note 3, Business Combination , in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we recognized a $3.3 million impairment loss on our privately-held equity investments for changes in fair value that we deemed were other-than-temporary.
 51 

Table of Contents

We recorded a tax provision of $61.4 million and $45.9 million, or effective tax rates of 31% and 35%, for the three months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and a tax provision of $117.2 million and $214.0 million, or effective tax rates of 21% and 69%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, differ from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the benefit of earnings in foreign jurisdictions, which are subject to lower tax rates, and a $54.1 million income tax benefit recorded during the first quarter of 2010 resulting from a change in our estimate of unrecognized tax benefits related to share-based compensation. These benefits were partially offset by charges for increases in the valuation allowance against the Company’s California deferred tax assets of approximately $3.2 million and $8.4 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.
The effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, differed from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to three income tax charges: a $4.6 million charge in the Company’s third quarter of 2009 related to an investigation by the Indian tax authorities, a $52.1 million charge in the second quarter of 2009 related to a change in the our estimate of unrecognized tax benefits, and a $61.8 million charge which resulted from changes in California income tax laws enacted during the Company’s first quarter of 2009. The tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009 were favorably impacted by the benefit of earnings in foreign jurisdictions, which are subject to lower tax rates, and the federal R&D credit.
For a further explanation of our income tax provision, see Note 14, Income Taxes , in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report.
Segment Information
For a description of the products and services for each segment, See Note 13, Segments, in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statement in Item I of this Form 10-Q.
 52 

Table of Contents

Financial information for each segment used by management to make financial decisions and allocate resources is as follows (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Net Revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	607.6	 	 	$	472.0	 	 	$	135.6	 	 	 	29	%	 	$	1,753.9	 	 	$	1,396.2	 	 	$	357.7	 	 	 	26	%	
Service	 	 	136.5	 	 	 	123.2	 	 	 	13.3	 	 	 	11	%	 	 	389.2	 	 	 	350.1	 	 	 	39.1	 	 	 	11	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Infrastructure revenues	 	 	744.1	 	 	 	595.2	 	 	 	148.9	 	 	 	25	%	 	 	2,143.1	 	 	 	1,746.3	 	 	 	396.8	 	 	 	23	%	
SLT:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	193.6	 	 	 	162.1	 	 	 	31.5	 	 	 	19	%	 	 	542.5	 	 	 	432.7	 	 	 	109.8	 	 	 	25	%	
Service	 	 	74.7	 	 	 	66.6	 	 	 	8.1	 	 	 	12	%	 	 	217.7	 	 	 	195.5	 	 	 	22.2	 	 	 	11	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total SLT revenues	 	 	268.3	 	 	 	228.7	 	 	 	39.6	 	 	 	17	%	 	 	760.2	 	 	 	628.2	 	 	 	132.0	 	 	 	21	%	
Total net revenues	 	 	1,012.4	 	 	 	823.9	 	 	 	188.5	 	 	 	23	%	 	 	2,903.3	 	 	 	2,374.5	 	 	 	528.8	 	 	 	22	%	
Operating income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure	 	 	179.9	 	 	 	126.9	 	 	 	53.0	 	 	 	42	%	 	 	537.6	 	 	 	358.8	 	 	 	178.8	 	 	 	50	%	
SLT	 	 	64.6	 	 	 	44.4	 	 	 	20.2	 	 	 	46	%	 	 	152.3	 	 	 	79.6	 	 	 	72.7	 	 	 	91	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total management operating income	 	 	244.5	 	 	 	171.3	 	 	 	73.2	 	 	 	43	%	 	 	689.9	 	 	 	438.4	 	 	 	251.5	 	 	 	57	%	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	(2.4	)	 	 	(2.7	)	 	 	0.3	 	 	 	(11	)%	 	 	(5.0	)	 	 	(13.4	)	 	 	8.4	 	 	 	(63	)%	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	(44.4	)	 	 	(34.3	)	 	 	(10.1	)	 	 	29	%	 	 	(129.6	)	 	 	(101.4	)	 	 	(28.2	)	 	 	28	%	
Share-based payroll tax expense	 	 	(0.5	)	 	 	(0.8	)	 	 	0.3	 	 	 	(38	)%	 	 	(3.8	)	 	 	(1.5	)	 	 	(2.3	)	 	 	163	%	
Restructuring charges	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	(4.5	)	 	 	4.3	 	 	 	(96	)%	 	 	(8.6	)	 	 	(16.3	)	 	 	7.7	 	 	 	(47	)%	
Acquisition-related and other charges	 	 	(1.5	)	 	 	(1.0	)	 	 	(0.5	)	 	 	50	%	 	 	(2.1	)	 	 	(1.0	)	 	 	(1.1	)	 	 	110	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating income	 	 	195.5	 	 	 	128.0	 	 	 	67.5	 	 	 	53	%	 	 	540.8	 	 	 	304.8	 	 	 	236.0	 	 	 	77	%	
Interest and other income, net	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	 	(1.5	)	 	 	(88	)%	 	 	2.5	 	 	 	6.6	 	 	 	(4.1	)	 	 	(62	)%	
Gain (loss) on equity investment	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	3.2	 	 	 	(3.3	)	 	 	6.5	 	 	 	198	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest	 	$	195.7	 	 	$	129.7	 	 	$	66.0	 	 	 	51	%	 	$	546.5	 	 	$	308.1	 	 	$	238.4	 	 	 	77	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 53 

Table of Contents

The following table presents financial information for each segment as a percentage of total net revenues:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Nine Months Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Net revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	60.0	%	 	 	57.2	%	 	 	60.4	%	 	 	58.8	%	
Service	 	 	13.5	%	 	 	15.0	%	 	 	13.4	%	 	 	14.7	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total infrastructure revenues	 	 	73.5	%	 	 	72.2	%	 	 	73.8	%	 	 	73.5	%	
SLT	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	19.1	%	 	 	19.7	%	 	 	18.7	%	 	 	18.2	%	
Service	 	 	7.4	%	 	 	8.1	%	 	 	7.5	%	 	 	8.3	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total SLT revenues	 	 	26.5	%	 	 	27.8	%	 	 	26.2	%	 	 	26.5	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	
Operating income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure	 	 	17.7	%	 	 	15.4	%	 	 	18.5	%	 	 	15.1	%	
SLT	 	 	6.4	%	 	 	5.4	%	 	 	5.3	%	 	 	3.4	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total management operating income	 	 	24.1	%	 	 	20.8	%	 	 	23.8	%	 	 	18.5	%	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	(0.2	)%	 	 	(0.3	)%	 	 	(0.2	)%	 	 	(0.6	)%	
Share-based compensation expense	 	 	(4.4	)%	 	 	(4.2	)%	 	 	(4.5	)%	 	 	(4.3	)%	
Share-based payroll tax expense	 	 	—	%	 	 	(0.1	)%	 	 	(0.1	)%	 	 	(0.1	)%	
Restructuring charges	 	 	—	%	 	 	(0.6	)%	 	 	(0.3	)%	 	 	(0.7	)%	
Acquisition-related and other charges	 	 	(0.2	)%	 	 	(0.1	)%	 	 	(0.1	)%	 	 	—	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating income	 	 	19.3	%	 	 	15.5	%	 	 	18.6	%	 	 	12.8	%	
Interest and other income, net	 	 	—	%	 	 	0.2	%	 	 	0.1	%	 	 	0.3	%	
Gain (loss) on equity investments	 	 	—	%	 	 	—	%	 	 	0.1	%	 	 	(0.1	)%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest	 	 	19.3	%	 	 	15.7	%	 	 	18.8	%	 	 	13.0	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure Segment
An analysis of the change in revenue for the Infrastructure segment, and the change in units, can be found above in the section titled “Infrastructure Segment Revenues.”
Infrastructure product gross margin and gross margin percentage increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to changes in product mix that favored higher margin products.
Infrastructure segment operating income and operating margin increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to revenue growth discussed above in the section titled “Net Revenues” outpacing our expenses. We allocate sales and marketing, G&A, and facility and IT expenses to the Infrastructure segment generally based upon revenue, usage, and headcount. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, R&D expense increased in absolute dollars as we continued our R&D investment efforts to develop innovative products and expand our Infrastructure product portfolio. However, R&D expense decreased as a percentage of Infrastructure net revenues in the three months ended September 30, 2010, as our revenue growth outpaced our expenses for the period. R&D increased as a percentage of Infrastructure net revenues in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, due to greater investments in R&D in the first three quarters of 2010, compared to 2009. Sales and marketing expense increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of Infrastructure net revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, as we amplified our efforts to reach enterprise and service provider customers.
 54 

Table of Contents

SLT Segment
An analysis of the change in revenue for the SLT segment, and the change in units, can be found above in the section titled “SLT Segment Revenues.”
SLT product gross margin and gross margin percentage increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to changes in product mix that favored higher margin products. SLT segment operating income and operating margin increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to revenue growth discussed above in the section titled “Net Revenues” outpacing our expenses. We allocate sales and marketing, G&A, as well as facility and IT expenses to the SLT segment generally based on revenue, usage, and headcount. R&D related costs increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, primarily due to our continued efforts to expand our product features and functionality based upon the trends in the marketplace. Additionally, sales and marketing expense increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, as we increased our efforts to reach enterprise and service provider customers. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to the same periods in 2009, R&D and sales and marketing expenses decreased as a percentage of SLT net revenues primarily due to the increase in net revenues and our continued efforts to manage costs.
Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets, Share-Based Compensation and Related Payroll Tax Expense, Restructuring Charges, Interest and Other Income, Net, and Gain (Loss) on Equity Investment.
See “Operating Expenses” and “Interest and Other Income, Net, Gain (Loss) on Equity Investment, and Income Tax Provision” sections above for further discussion.
Key Performance Measures
In addition to the financial metrics included in the condensed consolidated financial statements, we use the following key performance measures to assess quarterly operating results:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Days sales outstanding (“DSO”) (1)	 	 	42	 	 	 	41	 	
Book-to-bill ratio (2)	 	 	>1	 	 	 	>1	 	

(1)	 	DSO represents the ending accounts receivable, net of allowances, divided by average daily net sales for the preceding 90 days for the applicable quarter. DSO increased in the third quarter of 2010, compared to the third quarter of 2009, primarily due to timing of shipments.	
 		
(2)	 	Book-to-bill ratio represents the ratio of product orders booked divided by product revenues during the period.	
 55 

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
The following sections discuss the effects of changes in our consolidated balance sheet and cash flows, contractual obligations, and stock repurchase program on our liquidity and capital resources.
Overview
Historically, we have funded our business primarily through our operating activities and the issuance of our common stock. The following table shows our capital resources (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Working capital	 	$	1,626.0	 	 	$	1,503.2	 	 	$	122.8	 	 	 	8	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	1,460.9	 	 	$	1,604.7	 	 	$	(143.8	)	 	 	(9	)%	
Short-term investments	 	 	638.5	 	 	 	570.5	 	 	 	68.0	 	 	 	12	%	
Long-term investments	 	 	599.1	 	 	 	483.5	 	 	 	115.6	 	 	 	24	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash, cash equivalents and investments	 	$	2,698.5	 	 	$	2,658.7	 	 	$	39.8	 	 	 	1	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The significant components of our working capital are cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and accounts receivable, reduced by accounts payable, income tax payable, accrued liabilities, and short-term deferred revenue. Working capital increased by $122.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, primarily due to a decrease in accrued litigation settlements.
Stock Repurchase Activities
In February 2010, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a stock repurchase program (the “2010 Stock Repurchase Program”), which authorized us to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock. This new authorization is in addition to the stock repurchase program approved by the Board in March 2008 (the “2008 Stock Repurchase Program”), which also enabled us to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock.
We repurchased approximately 5.0 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $26.81 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $134.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2010, and approximately 14.3 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $27.09 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $386.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, under our two stock repurchase programs. We repurchased approximately 2.9 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $24.67 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $71.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2009, and approximately 12.6 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $19.18 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $241.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, under our 2008 Stock Repurchase Program. As of September 30, 2010, there were no remaining authorized funds under our 2008 Stock Repurchase Program and $931.8 million remaining authorized funds under our 2010 Stock Repurchase Program.
In addition to repurchases under our stock repurchase programs, we repurchased common stock from our employees in connection with net issuance of shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations for the vesting of certain RSUs and PSAs. There were immaterial repurchases in connection with net issuances during the three months ended September 30, 2010. We repurchased approximately 0.1 million shares of common stock at an average price of $25.75 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1.9 million in connection with the net issuances during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. We repurchased an immaterial amount of common stock from our employees in connection with net issuance of shares during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009.
All shares of our common stock repurchased under our 2008 and 2010 stock repurchase programs and from our employees in connection with net issuances have been retired. Future share repurchases under our 2010 Stock Repurchase Program will be subject to a review of the circumstances in place at that time and will be made from time to time in private transactions or open market purchases as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements. This program may be discontinued at any time.
 56 

Table of Contents

Summary of Cash Flows
In the nine months ended September 30, 2010, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $143.8 million. This decrease was the result of cash used in our investing and financing activities of $467.1 million and $118.0 million, respectively, partially offset by cash generated by operations of $441.3 million.
Operating Activities
We generated cash from operating activities of $441.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $536.5 million in the same period of 2009. This decrease was primarily due to payment of the litigation settlement in the first quarter of 2010, higher income taxes paid, and the timing of cash collections for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. These changes were partially offset by higher net income.
Investing Activities
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, net cash used by investing activities was $467.1 million compared to $830.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The change was primarily due to a decrease in net investment purchases in the nine months ended 2010 as compared to the same period a year ago, partially offset by net cash payments for the acquisitions of Ankeena and SMobile.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $118.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $107.0 million in the same period for 2009. The change was due to an increase in cash used to repurchase our common stock through our stock repurchase programs, which was partially offset by greater cash proceeds in 2010 from common stock issued to employees and, to a lesser extent, the change in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation compared to the same period a year ago.
Deferred Revenue
The following table summarizes our deferred product and service revenues (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Deferred product revenue:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Undelivered product commitments and other product deferrals	 	$	277.7	 	 	$	254.7	 	
Distributor inventory and other sell-through items	 	 	128.2	 	 	 	136.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred gross product revenue	 	 	405.9	 	 	 	391.3	 	
Deferred cost of product revenue	 	 	(147.7	)	 	 	(150.0	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred product revenue, net	 	 	258.2	 	 	 	241.3	 	
Deferred service revenue	 	 	526.9	 	 	 	512.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	785.1	 	 	$	753.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred gross product revenue as of September 30, 2010, increased $14.6 million compared to December 31, 2009, due to an increase in undelivered product commitments and other product deferrals. Total deferred service revenue increased $14.6 million compared to December 31, 2009, largely due to higher sales of service contracts and multi-year service billings.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of September 30, 2010.
 57 

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
Our principal commitments primarily consist of obligations outstanding under operating leases, purchase commitments, tax liabilities, and other contractual obligations.
Our contractual obligations under operating leases primarily relate to our leased facilities under our non-cancelable operating leases. Rent payments are allocated to costs and operating expenses in our condensed consolidated statements of operations. We occupy approximately 2.2 million square feet worldwide under operating leases. The majority of our office space is in North America, including our corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California. Our longest lease expires on November 22, 2022. As of September 30, 2010, future minimum payments under our non-cancelable operating leases, net of committed sublease income, were $278.6 million, of which $13.1 million will be paid over the remaining three months of 2010.
In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and ensure adequate component supply, contract manufacturers utilized by us place non-cancelable, non-returnable (“NCNR”) orders for components based on our build forecasts. As of September 30, 2010, there were NCNR component orders placed by the contract manufacturers with a value of $186.0 million. The contract manufacturers use the components to build products based on our forecasts and on purchase orders that we have received from customers. Generally, we do not own the components, and title to the products transfers from the contract manufacturers to us and immediately to our customers upon delivery at a designated shipment location. If the components remain unused or the products remain unsold for specified period, we may incur carrying charges or obsolete materials charges for components that the contract manufacturers purchased to build products to meet our forecast or customer orders. As of September 30, 2010, we had accrued $21.2 million based on our estimate of such charges.
As of September 30, 2010, we had $102.2 million in current and long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet for unrecognized tax positions. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments related to the additional $102.2 million in liabilities due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes.
As of September 30, 2010, other contractual obligations primarily consisted of indemnity- and service-related escrows of $26.9 million, $14.1 million remaining balance for a data center hosting agreement that requires payments through the end of April 2013, $9.1 million for license and service agreements, and $7.7 million under a software subscription agreement that requires payments through the end of January 2011.
Liquidity and Capital Resource Requirements
Liquidity and capital resources may be impacted by our operating activities as well as acquisitions and investments in strategic relationships that we have made or we may make in the future. Additionally, if we were to repurchase additional shares of our common stock under the 2010 Stock Repurchase Program, our liquidity may be impacted. As of September 30, 2010, we have over 50% of our cash and investment balances held outside of the U.S., which may be subject to U.S. taxes if repatriated.
In August 2010, we filed a $1.5 billion shelf registration with the SEC. The filing replaced our prior $1.0 billion shelf registration which had expired. The shelf registration is intended to give us flexibility to take advantage of financing opportunities as needed or deemed desirable in light of market conditions. Any offerings of securities will be made pursuant to a prospectus.
We have been focused on managing our annual equity usage as a percentage of the common stock outstanding to align with peer group competitive levels and have made changes in recent years to reduce the number of shares underlying the equity awards we grant. Our intention for fiscal years 2010 and 2011 is to target the number of shares underlying equity awards granted on an annual basis at approximately three percent (3%) of our common stock outstanding. Based upon shares underlying our grants to date of options, RSUs and PSAs (counting only the on-target measure of such performance share awards), we believe we are on track with respect to this goal for 2010.
Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, short-term, and long-term investments, together with cash generated from operations as well as cash generated from the exercise of employee stock options and purchases under our employee stock purchase plan will be sufficient to fund our operations and anticipated growth for at least the next 12 months. We believe our working capital is sufficient to meet our liquidity requirements for capital expenditures, commitments, and other liquidity requirements associated with our existing operations during the same period. However, our future liquidity and capital requirements may vary materially from those now planned depending on many factors, including:

 	•	 	level and mix of our product, sales, and gross profit margins;	
 		
 	•	 	our business, product, capital expenditures and R&D plans;	
 58 

Table of Contents

 		
 	•	 	repurchases of our common stock;	
 		
 	•	 	incurrence and repayment of debt;	
 		
 	•	 	litigation expenses, settlements, and judgments, or similar items related to resolution of tax audits;	
 		
 	•	 	volume price discounts and customer rebates;	
 		
 	•	 	accounts receivable levels that we maintain;	
 		
 	•	 	acquisitions and/or funding of other businesses, assets, products, or technologies;	
 		
 	•	 	changes in our compensation policies;	
 		
 	•	 	capital improvements for new and existing facilities;	
 		
 	•	 	technological advances;	
 		
 	•	 	our competitors’ responses to our products and/or pricing;	
 		
 	•	 	our relationships with supplies, partners, and customers;	
 		
 	•	 	possible future investments in raw material and finished goods inventories;	
 		
 	•	 	expenses related to future restructuring plans, if any;	
 		
 	•	 	tax expense associated with share-based awards;	
 		
 	•	 	issuance of share-based awards and the related payment in cash for withholding taxes in the current year and possibly during future years;	
 		
 	•	 	level of exercises of stock options and stock purchases under our equity incentive plans; and	
 		
 	•	 	general economic conditions and specific conditions in our industry and markets, including the effects of disruptions in global credit and financial markets, international conflicts, and related uncertainties.	
Factors That May Affect Future Results
A description of the risk factors associated with our business is included under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part II of this report.
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types, and maturities. The values of our investments are subject to market price volatility. In addition, as of September 30, 2010, over 50% of our cash and marketable securities were held in non-U.S. domiciled countries. Our marketable securities are generally classified as available-for-sale and, consequently, are recorded on our condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
At any time, a rise in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on the fair value of our investment portfolio. Conversely, declines in interest rates could have a material impact on interest income from our investment portfolio. We do not currently hedge these interest rate exposures. We recognized immaterial gains and losses during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, related to the sales of our investments.
 59 

Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk and Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
Periodically, we use derivatives to hedge against fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
We use foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate variability in gains and losses generated from the re-measurement of certain monetary assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes recorded in other income and expense, net, in the same period as the changes in the fair value from the re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities. These foreign exchange contracts have maturities of approximately two months.
Our sales and costs of revenues are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. Our cost of service revenue and operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars as well as other foreign currencies including the British Pound, Euro, Indian Rupee, and Japanese Yen. Periodically, we use foreign currency forward and/or option contracts to hedge certain forecasted foreign currency transactions relating to cost of service revenue and operating expenses. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and have maturities of less than one year. The effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and, upon occurrence of the forecasted transaction, is subsequently reclassified into the line item in the condensed consolidated statements of operations to which the hedged transaction relates. We record the ineffectiveness of the hedging instruments, which was immaterial during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, in other income and expense, net, on our condensed consolidated statements of operations. The change in operating expenses, including cost of service revenue, R&D, sales and marketing, and G&A expenses, due to foreign currency fluctuations was immaterial in the three months ended September 30, 2010, and approximately 1% in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The change in operating expenses, including cost of service revenue, R&D, sales and marketing, and G&A expenses, due to foreign currency fluctuations was 2% and 5% in each of the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009, respectively.
Equity Price Risk
Our portfolio of publicly-traded equity securities is inherently exposed to equity price risk as the stock market fluctuates. We monitor our publicly-traded equity investments for impairment on a periodic basis. In the event that the carrying value of a publicly-traded equity investment exceeds its fair value, and we determine the decline in the value to be other than temporary, we reduce the carrying value to its current fair value. We do not purchase our publicly-traded equity securities with the intent to use them for trading or speculative purposes. They are classified as available-for-sale securities in our condensed consolidated balance sheets . The aggregate fair value of our marketable equity securities was $6.6 million and $5.4 million as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Additionally, our non-qualified deferred compensation (“NQDC”) plan may also hold publicly-traded securities. Investments under the NQDC plan are considered trading securities and are reported at fair value on our condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the total investment under the NQDC plan was $7.2 million and $4.7 million, respectively. A hypothetical 30% adverse change in the stock prices of our portfolio of publicly-traded equity securities would result in an immaterial loss.
In addition to publicly-traded equity securities, we have also invested in privately-held companies. These investments are carried at cost. The aggregate cost of our investments in privately-held companies was $18.7 million and $13.9 million as of September 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Attached, as exhibits to this report are certifications of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section includes information concerning the controls and related evaluations referred to in the certifications and it should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered in this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 60 

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Controls
We have initiated a multi-year implementation to upgrade certain key internal systems and processes, including our company-wide human resources management system, customer relationship management (“CRM”) system, and our enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system. This project is the result of our normal business process to evaluate and upgrade or replace our systems software and related business processes to support our evolving operational needs. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the third quarter of 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Our controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that our control system’s objective will be met and our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of these controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1. Legal Proceedings
The information set forth under “Legal Proceedings” section in Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Factors That May Affect Future Results
Investments in equity securities of publicly-traded companies involve significant risks. The market price of our stock has historically reflected a higher multiple of expected future earnings than many other companies. Accordingly, even small changes in investor expectations for our future growth and earnings, whether as a result of actual or rumored financial or operating results, changes in the mix of the products and services sold, acquisitions, industry changes or other factors, could trigger, and have triggered in the past, significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock. Investors in our securities should carefully consider all of the relevant factors, including, but not limited to, the following factors, that could affect our stock price.
 61 

Table of Contents

Our quarterly results are inherently unpredictable and subject to substantial fluctuations, and, as a result, we may fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Our revenues and operating results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate.
The factors that may affect the unpredictability of our quarterly results include, but are not limited to: limited visibility into customer spending plans, changes in the mix of products and services sold, changes in geographies in which our products and services are sold, changing market conditions, including current and potential customer consolidation, competition, customer concentration, long sales and implementation cycles, regional economic and political conditions, and seasonality. For example, many companies in our industry experience adverse seasonal fluctuations in customer spending patterns, particularly in the first and third quarters.
As a result of these risk factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of operating results are not necessarily a good indication of what our future performance will be. It is likely that in some future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock may decline. Such a decline could occur, and has occurred in the past, even when we have met our publicly stated revenues and/or earnings guidance.
Fluctuating economic conditions make it difficult to predict revenues for a particular period and a shortfall in revenues or increase in costs of production may harm our operating results.
Our revenues depend significantly on general economic conditions and the demand for products in the markets in which we compete. Economic weakness, customer financial difficulties, and constrained spending on network expansion and enterprise infrastructure have recently resulted, and may in the future result, in decreased revenues and earnings and could negatively impact our ability to forecast sales and operating results and our ability to forecast and manage our contract manufacturer relationships. In addition, the recent recession and economic weakness, particularly in the United States and Europe, as well as turmoil in the geopolitical environment in many parts of the world, may continue to put pressure on global economic conditions, which could lead to reduced demand for our products and/or higher costs of production. Economic weakness may also lead to longer collection cycles for payments due from our customers, an increase in customer bad debt, restructuring initiatives and associated expenses, and impairment of investments. Furthermore, the continued weakness and uncertainty in worldwide credit markets may adversely impact the ability of our customers to adequately fund their expected capital expenditures, which could lead to delays or cancellations of planned purchases of our products or services. In addition, our operating expenses are largely based on anticipated revenue trends and a high percentage of our expenses is, and will continue to be, fixed in the short-term.
Uncertainty about future economic conditions makes it difficult to forecast operating results and to make decisions about future investments. Future or continued economic weakness, failure of our customers and markets to recover from such weakness, customer financial difficulties, increases in costs of production, and reductions in spending on network maintenance and expansion could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products and consequently on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
A limited number of our customers comprise a significant portion of our revenues and any decrease in revenues from these customers could have an adverse effect on our net revenues and operating results.
A substantial majority of our net revenues depend on sales to a limited number of customers and distribution partners. For example, Verizon accounted for greater than 10% of our net revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. This customer concentration increases the risk of quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results. Changes in the business requirements, vendor selection, financial prospects, capital resources, or purchasing behavior of our key customers or potential new customers could significantly decrease sales to such customers or could lead to delays or cancellations of planned purchases of our products or services. Any of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, in recent years, there has been consolidation in the telecommunications industry (for example, the acquisitions of AT&T, Inc., MCI, Inc., and BellSouth Corporation) and consolidation among the large vendors of telecommunications equipment and services (for example, the acquisition of Redback by Ericsson, the joint venture of NSN, and the acquisition of Foundry Networks by Brocade). Such consolidation may cause our customers who are involved in these transactions to suspend or indefinitely reduce their purchases of our products or have other unforeseen consequences that could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 62 

Table of Contents

If we receive Infrastructure product orders late in a quarter, we may be unable to recognize revenue for these orders in the same period, which could adversely affect our quarterly revenues.
Generally, our Infrastructure products are not stocked by distributors or resellers due to their cost and complexity and configurations required by our customers, and we generally build such products as orders are received. In recent years, the volume of orders received late in any given quarter, which is unpredictable, has continued to increase. If orders for these products are received late in any quarter, we may not be able to build, ship, and recognize revenue for these orders in the same period, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our expected revenues for such quarter.
The long sales and implementation cycles for our products, as well as our expectation that some customers will sporadically place large orders with short lead times, may cause our revenues and operating results to vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter.
A customer’s decision to purchase certain of our products involves a significant commitment of its resources and a lengthy evaluation and product qualification process. As a result, the sales cycle may be lengthy. In particular, customers making critical decisions regarding the design and implementation of large network deployments may engage in very lengthy procurement processes that may delay or impact expected future orders. Throughout the sales cycle, we may spend considerable time educating and providing information to prospective customers regarding the use and benefits of our products. Even after making the decision to purchase, customers may deploy our products slowly and deliberately. Timing of deployment can vary widely and depends on the skill set of the customer, the size of the network deployment, the complexity of the customer’s network environment, and the degree of hardware and operating system configuration necessary to deploy the products. Customers with large networks usually expand their networks in large increments on a periodic basis. Accordingly, we may receive purchase orders for significant dollar amounts on an irregular basis. These long cycles, as well as our expectation that customers will tend to sporadically place large orders with short lead times, may cause revenues and operating results to vary significantly and unexpectedly from quarter-to-quarter.
We face intense competition that could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our financial results.
Competition is intense in the markets that we address. The infrastructure market has historically been dominated by Cisco with other companies such as Alcatel-Lucent, Brocade, Ericsson, Extreme Networks, Hewlett Packard Company, and Huawei providing products to a smaller segment of the market. In addition, a number of other small public and private companies have products or have announced plans for new products to address the same challenges and markets that our products address.
In the SLT market, we face intense competition from a broader group of companies such as CheckPoint, Cisco, Fortinet, F5 Networks, and Riverbed. In addition, a number of other small public and private companies have products or have announced plans for new products to address the same challenges and markets that our products address.
In addition, actual or speculated consolidation among competitors, or the acquisition of our partners and/or resellers by competitors, can increase the competitive pressures faced by us. In this regard, Ericsson acquired Redback in 2007, and Brocade acquired Foundry Networks in 2009. A number of our competitors have substantially greater resources and can offer a wider range of products and services for the overall network equipment market than we do. If we are unable to compete successfully against existing and future competitors on the basis of product offerings or price, we could experience a loss in market share and revenues and/or be required to reduce prices, which could reduce our gross margins, and which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We rely on value-added resellers, distribution, and original equipment manufacturer partners to sell our products, and disruptions to, or our failure to effectively develop and manage our distribution channel and the processes and procedures that support it could adversely affect our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our products.
Our future success is highly dependent upon establishing and maintaining successful relationships with a variety of value-added reseller and distribution partners, including our worldwide strategic partners such as Ericsson, IBM, and NSN. The majority of our revenues are derived through value-added resellers and distributors, most of which also sell competitors’ products. Our revenues depend in part on the performance of these partners. The loss of or reduction in sales to our value-added resellers or distributors could materially reduce our revenues. For example, in 2006, one of our largest resellers, Lucent, merged with Alcatel, a competitor of ours. As a result of becoming a competitor, their resale of our products declined subsequent to the merger, and we ultimately terminated our reseller agreement. Our competitors may in some cases be effective in providing incentives to current or potential resellers and distributors to favor their products or to prevent or reduce sales of our products. If
 63 

Table of Contents

we fail to develop and maintain relationships with our partners, fail to develop new relationships with value-added resellers and distributors in new markets, or expand the number of distributors and resellers in existing markets, fail to manage, train or motivate existing value-added resellers and distributors effectively, or if these partners are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our products may decrease, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations would suffer.
In addition, we recognize a portion of our revenues based on a sell-through model using information provided by our distributors. If those distributors provide us with inaccurate or untimely information, the amount or timing of our revenues could be adversely impacted.
Further, in order to develop and expand our distribution channel, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support it, and those processes and procedures may become increasingly complex and inherently difficult to manage. For example, we recently entered into an agreement to form a joint venture with NSN to develop and resell joint carrier Ethernet solutions and entered into OEM agreements with Dell and IBM where they will rebrand and resell our products as part of their product portfolios. These relationships are complex and require additional processes and procedures that may be challenging and costly to implement, maintain and manage. Our failure to successfully manage and develop our distribution channel and the processes and procedures that support it could adversely affect our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our products.
Our ability to process orders and ship products in a timely manner is dependent in part on our business systems and performance of the systems and processes of third parties such as our contract manufacturers, suppliers, or other partners, as well as interfaces with the systems of such third parties. If our systems, the systems and processes of those third parties, or the interfaces between them experience delays or fail, our business processes and our ability to build and ship products could be impacted, and our financial results could be harmed.
Some of our business processes depend upon our IT systems, the systems and processes of third parties, and on interfaces with the systems of third parties. For example, our order entry system feeds information into the systems of our contract manufacturers, which enable them to build and ship our products. If those systems fail or are interrupted, our processes may function at a diminished level or not at all. This could negatively impact our ability to ship products or otherwise operate our business, and our financial results could be harmed. For example, although it did not adversely affect our shipments, an earthquake in late December of 2006 disrupted communications with China, where a significant part of our manufacturing occurs.
We also rely upon the performance of the systems and processes of our contract manufacturers to build and ship our products. If those systems and processes experience interruption or delay, our ability to build and ship our products in a timely manner may be harmed. For example, as we have expanded our contract manufacturing base to China, we have experienced instances where our contract manufacturer was not able to ship products in the time periods expected by us. If we are not able to ship our products or if product shipments are delayed, our ability to recognize revenue in a timely manner for those products would be affected and our financial results could be harmed.
Upgrades to key internal systems and processes, and problems with the design or implementation of these systems and processes could interfere with our business and operations.
We previously initiated a multi-year project to upgrade certain key internal systems and processes, including our company-wide human resources management system, our customer relationship management (“CRM”) system and enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system. In the first quarter of 2010, we implemented a major upgrade of our CRM system. We have invested, and will continue to invest, significant capital and human resources in the design and implementation of these systems and processes, which may be disruptive to our underlying business. Any disruptions or delays in the design and implementation of the new systems or processes, particularly any disruptions or delays that impact our operations, could adversely affect our ability to process customer orders, ship products, provide service and support to our customers, bill and track our customers, fulfill contractual obligations, record and transfer information in a timely and accurate manner, file SEC reports in a timely manner, or otherwise run our business. Even if we do not encounter these adverse effects, the design and implementation of these new systems and processes may be much more costly than we anticipated. If we are unable to successfully design and implement these new systems and processes as planned, or if the implementation of these systems and processes is more costly than anticipated, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be negatively impacted.
 64 

Table of Contents

Governmental regulations affecting the import or export of products or affecting products containing encryption capabilities could negatively affect our revenues.
The United States and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements, and restrictions on the import or export of some technologies, especially encryption technology. In addition, from time to time, governmental agencies have proposed additional regulation of encryption technology, such as requiring certification, notifications, review of source code, or the escrow and governmental recovery of private encryption keys. For example, Russia and China recently have implemented new requirements relating to products containing encryption and India has imposed special warranty and other obligations associated with technology deemed critical. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports, or our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products, could harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenues. In addition, failure to comply with such regulations could result in penalties, costs, and restrictions on import or export privileges or adversely affect sales to government agencies or government funded projects.
We expect gross margin to vary over time, and our recent level of product gross margin may not be sustainable.
Our product gross margins will vary from quarter-to-quarter, and the recent level of gross margins may not be sustainable and may be adversely affected in the future by numerous factors, including product mix shifts, increased price competition in one or more of the markets in which we compete, increases in material or labor costs, excess product component or obsolescence charges from our contract manufacturers, increased costs due to changes in component pricing or charges incurred due to component holding periods if our forecasts do not accurately anticipate product demand, warranty related issues, or our introduction of new products or entry into new markets with different pricing and cost structures.
We are dependent on sole source and limited source suppliers for several key components, which makes us susceptible to shortages or price fluctuations in our supply chain, and we may face increased challenges in supply chain management in the future.
During periods of high demand for electronic products, component shortages are possible, and the predictability of the availability of such components may be limited. In addition, during the recent economic downturn, many component suppliers reduced their workforces and production capacity and may not be able to increase production in the short run as rapidly as demand increases, resulting in increased delivery periods and component shortages. Any future growth in our business and the economy is likely to create greater pressures on us and our suppliers to accurately project overall component demand and to establish optimal component levels. If shortages or delays persist, the price of these components may increase, or the components may not be available at all. We may not be able to secure enough components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build new products in a timely manner, and our revenues and gross margins could suffer until other sources can be developed. For example, from time to time, including the first quarter of 2008, we have experienced component shortages that resulted in delays of product shipments. We currently purchase numerous key components, including ASICs, from single or limited sources. The development of alternate sources for those components is time-consuming, difficult, and costly. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in quantities and delivery schedules. In the event of a component shortage or supply interruption from these suppliers, we may not be able to develop alternate or second sources in a timely manner. If, as a result, we are unable to buy these components in quantities sufficient to meet our requirements on a timely basis, we will not be able to deliver product to our customers, which would seriously affect present and future sales, which would, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, the development, licensing, or acquisition of new products in the future may increase the complexity of supply chain management. Failure to effectively manage the supply of key components and products would adversely affect our business.
If we do not successfully anticipate market needs and opportunities, and develop products and product enhancements that meet those needs and opportunities, or if those products are not made available in a timely manner or do not gain market acceptance, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenues will suffer.
We cannot guarantee that we will be able to anticipate future market needs and opportunities or be able to develop new products or product enhancements to meet such needs or opportunities in a timely manner or at all. If we fail to anticipate market requirements or fail to develop and introduce new products or product enhancements to meet those needs in a timely manner, such failure could substantially decrease or delay market acceptance and sales of our present and future products, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if we are able to anticipate, develop, and commercially introduce new products and enhancements, there can be no assurance that new products or enhancements will achieve widespread market acceptance.
 65 

Table of Contents

For example, in 2008, we announced new products designed to address the Ethernet switching market, a market in which we had not had a historical presence. In addition, in 2009, we announced plans to develop and introduce new data center products with our Project Stratus and mobility solutions with our Project Falcon. If these or other new products do not gain market acceptance at a sufficient rate of growth, our ability to meet future financial targets may be adversely affected. In addition, if we fail to achieve market acceptance deliver new or announced products to the market in a timely manner, it could adversely affect the market acceptance of those products and harm our competitive position and our business and financial results.
Changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our results.
Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by: earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory rates; changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; expiration of or lapses in the R&D tax credit laws; transfer pricing adjustments related to certain acquisitions including the license of acquired intangibles under our intercompany R&D cost sharing arrangement; tax effects of share-based compensation; costs related to intercompany restructurings; or changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof. In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
For example, in 2009, we received a proposed adjustment from the IRS claiming that we owe additional taxes, plus interest and possible penalties, for the 2004 tax year based on a transfer pricing transaction related to the license of acquired intangibles under an intercompany R&D cost sharing arrangement. As a result of the proposed adjustment, the incremental tax liability would be approximately $807 million excluding interest and penalties. We strongly believe the IRS’ position with regard to this matter is inconsistent with applicable tax laws and existing Treasury regulations, and that our previously reported income tax provision for the year in question is appropriate. However, there can be no assurance that this matter will be resolved in our favor. Regardless of whether this matter is resolved in our favor, the final resolution of this matter could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and/or settle. While we believe we have provided adequately for this matter, there is a possibility that an adverse outcome of the matter could have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Telecommunications companies and other large companies generally require more onerous terms and conditions of their vendors. As we seek to sell more products to such customers, we may be required to agree to terms and conditions that could have an adverse effect on our business or ability to recognize revenues.
Telecommunications service provider companies and other large companies, because of their size, generally have greater purchasing power and, accordingly, have requested and received more favorable terms, which often translate into more onerous terms and conditions for their vendors. As we seek to sell more products to this class of customer, we may be required to agree to such terms and conditions, which may include terms that affect the timing of our ability to recognize revenue and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Consolidation among such large customers can further increase their buying power and ability to require onerous terms.
For example, many customers in this class have purchased products from other vendors who promised but failed to deliver certain functionality and/or had products that caused problems or outages in the networks of these customers. As a result, this class of customers may request additional features from us and require substantial penalties for failure to deliver such features or may require substantial penalties for any network outages that may be caused by our products. These additional requests and penalties, if we are required to agree to them, require us to defer revenue recognition from such sales, which may negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-13, Topic 605 — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”) and ASU No. 2009-14, Topic 985 — Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements (“ASU 2009-14”) on a prospective basis as of the beginning of fiscal 2010 for new and materially modified arrangements originating after December 31, 2009. Under these new rules, we allocate revenue to each element of a multiple element arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We allocate each separable element of an arrangement to the total arrangement consideration. While the new standards allow us to recognize revenue related to elements that have been delivered, we are required to defer revenue allocated to undelivered elements as of the balance sheet date.
 66 

Table of Contents

For multiple element arrangements entered into prior to the first quarter of 2010, our accounting policies require VSOE of selling price of the undelivered elements to separate the components and to account for elements of the arrangement separately. However, customers may require terms and conditions that make it more difficult or impossible for us to maintain VSOE for the undelivered elements to a similar group of customers, the result of which could cause us to defer the entire arrangement fees for a similar group of customers (product, maintenance, professional services, etc.) and recognize revenue only when the last element is delivered, or if the only undelivered element is maintenance revenue, we would recognize revenue ratably over the contractual maintenance period, which is generally one year, but could be substantially longer.
If we fail to accurately predict our manufacturing requirements, we could incur additional costs or experience manufacturing delays, which would harm our business.
We provide demand forecasts to our contract manufacturers and the manufacturers order components and plan capacity based on these forecasts. If we overestimate our requirements, our contract manufacturers may assess charges, or we may have liabilities for excess inventory, each of which could negatively affect our gross margins. Conversely, because lead times for required materials and components vary significantly and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms, and the demand for each component at a given time, if we underestimate our requirements, as we did in the third quarter of 2010 with respect to certain components, our contract manufacturers may have inadequate time, materials, and/or components required to produce our products, which could increase costs or could delay or interrupt manufacturing of our products and result in delays in shipments and deferral or loss of revenues.
We are dependent on contract manufacturers with whom we do not have long-term supply contracts, and changes to those relationships, expected or unexpected, may result in delays or disruptions that could cause us to lose revenues and damage our customer relationships.
We depend on independent contract manufacturers (each of which is a third-party manufacturer for numerous companies) to manufacture our products. Although we have contracts with our contract manufacturers, those contracts do not require them to manufacture our products on a long-term basis in any specific quantity or at any specific price. In addition, it is time-consuming and costly to qualify and implement additional contract manufacturer relationships. Therefore, if we fail to effectively manage our contract manufacturer relationships or if one or more of them experiences delays, disruptions, or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations, or if we had to change or add additional contract manufacturers or contract manufacturing sites, our ability to ship products to our customers could be delayed. Also, the addition of manufacturing locations or contract manufacturers would increase the complexity of our supply chain management. Moreover, an increasing portion of our manufacturing is performed in China and other countries and is therefore subject to risks associated with doing business in other countries. Each of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our ability to develop, market, and sell products could be harmed if we are unable to retain or hire key personnel.
Our future success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain the services of executive, engineering, sales and marketing, and support personnel. The supply of highly qualified individuals, in particular engineers in very specialized technical areas, or sales people specializing in the service provider and enterprise markets, is limited and competition for such individuals is intense. None of our officers or key employees is bound by an employment agreement for any specific term. The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the inability to attract or retain personnel in the future or delays in hiring required personnel, particularly engineers and sales people, and the complexity and time involved in replacing or training new employees, could delay the development and introduction of new products, and negatively impact our ability to market, sell, or support our products.
We are a party to lawsuits, which are costly to defend and, if determined adversely to us, could require us to pay damages or prevent us from taking certain actions, any or all of which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We and certain of our current and former officers and current and former members of our Board of Directors are subject to various lawsuits. For example, we are a party to a number of patent infringement and other lawsuits. In addition, we have been served with lawsuits related to certain matters related to securities, a description of which can be found in Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, under the heading “Legal Proceedings.” There can be no assurance that these or any actions that have been or may be brought against us will be resolved in our favor or that tentative settlements will become final. Regardless of whether they are resolved in our favor, these lawsuits are, and any future lawsuits to which we may become a party will likely be, expensive and
 67 

Table of Contents

time-consuming to defend, settle, and/or resolve. Such costs of defense, as well as any losses resulting from these claims or settlement of these claims, could significantly increase our expenses and could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Litigation or claims regarding intellectual property rights may be time - consuming, expensive and require a significant amount of resources to prosecute, defend, or make our products non-infringing.
Third parties have asserted and may in the future assert claims or initiate litigation related to patent, copyright, trademark, and other intellectual property rights to technologies and related standards that are relevant to our products. The asserted claims and/or initiated litigation may include claims against us or our manufacturers, suppliers, partners, or customers, alleging that our products or services infringe proprietary rights. Regardless of the merit of these claims, they have been and can be time consuming, result in costly litigation, and may require us to develop non-infringing technologies or enter into license agreements. Furthermore, because of the potential for high awards of damages or injunctive relief that are not necessarily predictable, even arguably unmeritorious claims may be settled for significant amounts of money. If any infringement or other intellectual property claim made against us by any third-party is successful, if we are required to settle litigation for significant amounts of money, or if we fail to develop non-infringing technology or license required proprietary rights on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Integration of acquisitions could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition and stock price and may dilute the ownership of our stockholders.
We have made, and may continue to make, acquisitions in order to enhance our business. For example, in April 2010 we acquired Ankeena Networks Inc., in July 2010 we acquired SMobile Systems, Inc., and in 2005 we completed the acquisitions of five other privately-held companies. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including problems combining the purchased operations, technologies or products, unanticipated costs, diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses, adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers, risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience, and potential loss of key employees. There can be no assurance that we will be able to integrate successfully any businesses, products, technologies, or personnel that we might acquire. The integration of businesses that we may acquire is likely to be, a complex, time-consuming, and expensive process. Acquisitions may also require us to issue common stock or assume equity awards that dilute the ownership of our current stockholders, assume liabilities, record goodwill and amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges, incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets, and incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses, all of which could harm our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, if we fail in any acquisition integration efforts and are unable to efficiently operate as a combined organization utilizing common information and communication systems, operating procedures, financial controls, and human resources practices, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our success depends upon our ability to effectively plan and manage our resources and restructure our business through rapidly fluctuating economic and market conditions.
Our ability to successfully offer our products and services in a rapidly evolving market requires an effective planning, forecasting, and management process to enable us to effectively scale and adjust our business in response to fluctuating market opportunities and conditions. In periods of market expansion, we have increased investment in our business by, for example, increasing headcount and increasing our investment in R&D and other parts of our business as we have in the first nine months of 2010. Conversely, during 2009, in response to downward trending industry and market conditions, we restructured our business, rebalanced our workforce, and reduced our real estate portfolio. Many of our expenses, such as real estate expenses, cannot be rapidly or easily adjusted because of fluctuations in our business or numbers of employees. Moreover, rapid changes in the size of our workforce could adversely affect the ability to develop and deliver products and services as planned or impair our ability to realize our current or future business objectives.
We sell our products to customers that use those products to build networks and IP infrastructure, and if the demand for network and IP systems does not continue to grow, then our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
A substantial portion of our business and revenues depends on the growth of secure IP infrastructure and on the deployment of our products by customers that depend on the continued growth of IP services. As a result of changes in the economy and capital spending or the building of network capacity in excess of demand, all of which have in the past particularly affected telecommunications service providers, spending on IP infrastructure can vary, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, a number of our existing customers are evaluating the build
 68 

Table of Contents

out of their next generation networks. During the decision-making period when the customers are determining the design of those networks and the selection of the equipment they will use in those networks, such customers may greatly reduce or suspend their spending on secure IP infrastructure. Such delays in purchases can make it more difficult to predict revenues from such customers, can cause fluctuations in the level of spending by these customers and, even where our products are ultimately selected, can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
A breach of network security could harm public perception of our security products, which could cause us to lose revenues.
If an actual or perceived breach of network security occurs in our network or in the network of a customer of our security products, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to our products, the market perception of the effectiveness of our products could be harmed. This could cause us to lose current and potential end-customers or cause us to lose current and potential value-added resellers and distributors. Because the techniques used by computer hackers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques.
We are subject to risks arising from our international operations, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We derive a majority of our revenues from our international operations, and we plan to continue expanding our business in international markets in the future. We conduct significant sales and customer support operations directly and indirectly through our distributors and value-added resellers in countries throughout the world and depend on the operations of our contract manufacturers and suppliers that are located inside and outside of the United States. In addition, our R&D and our general and administrative operations are conducted in the United States as well as other countries.
As a result of our international operations, we are affected by economic, regulatory, social, and political conditions in foreign countries, including changes in general IT spending, the imposition of government controls, changes or limitations in trade protection laws, other regulatory requirements, which may affect our ability to import or export our products from various countries, service provider and government spending patterns affected by political considerations, unfavorable changes in tax treaties or laws, natural disasters, epidemic disease, labor unrest, earnings expatriation restrictions, misappropriation of intellectual property, military actions, acts of terrorism, political and social unrest and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations. In particular, in some countries, we may experience reduced intellectual property protection. Any or all of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Moreover, local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly from those in the United States. In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or United States regulations applicable to us. Although we implement policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that none of our employees, contractors, and agents will take actions in violation of such policies and procedures. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, or agents could result in financial reporting problems, fines, penalties, or prohibition on the importation or exportation of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Because a majority of our business is conducted outside the United States, we face exposure to adverse movements in non-U.S. currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The majority of our revenues and expenses are transacted in U.S. Dollars. We also have some transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the British Pound, the Euro, Indian Rupee, and Japanese Yen related to our sales and service operations outside of the United States. An increase in the value of the U.S. Dollar could increase the real cost to our customers of our products in those markets outside the United States in which we sell in U.S. Dollars, and a weakened U.S. Dollar could increase the cost of local operating expenses and procurement of raw materials to the extent we must purchase components in foreign currencies.
Currently, we hedge only those currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities denominated in nonfunctional currencies and periodically will hedge anticipated foreign currency cash flows. The hedging activities undertaken by us are intended to offset the impact of currency fluctuations on certain nonfunctional currency assets and liabilities. However, no amount of hedging can be effective against all circumstances, including long-term declines in the value of the U.S. Dollar. If our attempts to hedge against these risks are not successful, or if long-term declines in the value of the U.S. Dollar persist, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
 69 

Table of Contents

If we fail to adequately evolve our financial and managerial control and reporting systems and processes, our ability to manage and grow our business will be negatively affected.
Our ability to successfully offer our products and implement our business plan in a rapidly evolving market depends upon an effective planning and management process. We will need to continue to improve our financial and managerial control and our reporting systems and procedures in order to manage our business effectively in the future. If we fail to continue to implement improved systems and processes, our ability to manage our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be negatively affected.
Regulation of the telecommunications industry could harm our operating results and future prospects.
The telecommunications industry is highly regulated, and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected by changes in the regulations relating to the telecommunications industry. Currently, there are few laws or regulations that apply directly to access to or commerce on IP networks. We could be adversely affected by regulation of IP networks and commerce in any country where we operate. Moreover, regulations limiting the range of services and business models that can be offered by service providers or content providers could adversely affect those customers’ need for products designed to enable a wide range of such services or business models. Such regulations could address matters such as voice over the Internet or using IP, encryption technology, and access charges for service providers. In addition, regulations have been adopted with respect to environmental matters, such as the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) Directive, Restriction of Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”), and Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals (“REACH”) regulations adopted by the European Union, as well as regulations prohibiting government entities from purchasing security products that do not meet specified local certification criteria. Similar regulations are in effect or under consideration in other jurisdictions where we do business. Compliance with such regulations may be costly and time-consuming for us and our suppliers and partners. The adoption and implementation of such regulations could decrease demand for our products, and at the same time could increase the cost of building and selling our products as well as impact our ability to ship products into affected areas and recognize revenue in a timely manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our products are highly technical and if they contain undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected, and we may need to defend lawsuits or pay damages in connection with any alleged or actual failure of our products and services.
Our products are highly technical and complex, are critical to the operation of many networks, and, in the case of our security products, provide and monitor network security and may protect valuable information. Our products have contained and may contain one or more undetected errors, defects, or security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our products may only be discovered after a product has been installed and used by end-customers. Any errors, defects, or security vulnerabilities discovered in our products after commercial release could result in loss of revenues or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customers, loss of future business, and increased service and warranty cost, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, in the event an error, defect, or vulnerability is attributable to a component supplied by a third-party vendor, we may not be able to recover from the vendor all of the costs of remediation that we may incur. In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort, or breach of warranty. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage is inadequate, or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.
If our products do not interoperate with our customers’ networks, installations will be delayed or cancelled and could harm our business.
Our products are designed to interface with our customers’ existing networks, each of which have different specifications and utilize multiple protocol standards and products from other vendors. Many of our customers’ networks contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time as these networks have grown and evolved. Our products must interoperate with many or all of the products within these networks as well as future products in order to meet our customers’ requirements. If we find errors in the existing software or defects in the hardware used in our customers’ networks, we may need to modify our software or hardware to fix or overcome these errors so that our products will interoperate and scale with the existing software and hardware, which could be costly and could negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, if our products do not interoperate with those of our customers’ networks, demand for our products could be adversely affected or orders for our products could be cancelled. This could hurt our operating results, damage our reputation, and seriously harm our business and prospects.
 70 

Table of Contents

Our products incorporate and rely upon licensed third-party technology, and if licenses of third-party technology do not continue to be available to us or become very expensive, our revenues and ability to develop and introduce new products could be adversely affected.
We integrate licensed third-party technology into certain of our products. From time to time, we may be required to license additional technology from third-parties to develop new products or product enhancements. Third-party licenses may not be available or continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. The failure to comply with the terms of any license may result in our inability to continue to use such license. Our inability to maintain or re-license any third-party licenses required in our products or our inability to obtain third-party licenses necessary to develop new products and product enhancements, could require us to develop substitute technology or obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards or at a greater cost, any of which could impact product shipment and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our financial condition and results of operations could suffer if there is an additional impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets with indefinite lives.
We are required to test annually and review on an interim basis, our goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, including the goodwill associated with past acquisitions and any future acquisitions, to determine if impairment has occurred. If such assets are deemed impaired, an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets would be recognized. This would result in incremental expenses for that quarter, which would reduce any earnings or increase any loss for the period in which the impairment was determined to have occurred. For example, such impairment could occur if the market value of our common stock falls below certain levels for a sustained period, or if the portions of our business related to companies we have acquired fail to grow at expected rates or decline. In the second quarter of 2006, our impairment evaluation resulted in a reduction of $1,280.0 million to the carrying value of goodwill on our balance sheet for the SLT operating segment, primarily due to the decline in our market capitalization that occurred over a period of approximately nine months prior to the impairment review and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in the forecasted future cash flows used in the income approach. Recently, economic weakness contributed to extreme price and volume fluctuations in global stock markets that reduced the market price of many technology company stocks, including ours. Future declines in our stock price, as well as any marked decline in our level of revenues or gross margins, increase the risk that goodwill and intangible assets may become impaired in future periods. We cannot accurately predict the amount and timing of any impairment of assets.
While we believe that we currently have adequate internal control over financial reporting, we are exposed to risks from legislation requiring companies to evaluate those internal controls.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires our management to report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have an ongoing program to perform the system and process evaluation and testing necessary to comply with these requirements. We have and will continue to incur significant expenses and devote management resources to Section 404 compliance on an ongoing basis. In the event that our CEO, CFO, or independent registered public accounting firm determine in the future that, our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective as defined under Section 404, investor perceptions may be adversely affected and could cause a decline in the market price of our stock.
The investment of our cash balance and our investments in government and corporate debt securities are subject to risks, which may cause losses and affect the liquidity of these investments.
At September 30, 2010, we had $1,460.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and $1,237.6 million in short- and long-term investments. We have invested these amounts primarily in U.S. government securities, government-sponsored enterprise obligations, foreign government debt securities, corporate notes and bonds, commercial paper, and money market funds meeting certain criteria. Certain of these investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, market, and interest rate risks, which may be exacerbated by U.S. sub-prime mortgage defaults that have affected various sectors of the financial markets and caused credit and liquidity issues at many financial institutions. These market risks associated with our investment portfolio may have a negative adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.
Uninsured losses could harm our operating results.
We self-insure against many business risks and expenses, such as intellectual property litigation and our medical benefit programs, where we believe we can adequately self-insure against the anticipated exposure and risk or where insurance is either not deemed cost-effective or is not available. We also maintain a program of insurance coverage for various types of property, casualty, and other risks. We place our insurance coverage with various carriers in numerous jurisdictions. The types and
 71 

Table of Contents

amounts of insurance that we obtain vary from time to time and from location to location, depending on availability, cost, and our decisions with respect to risk retention. The policies are subject to deductibles, policy limits, and exclusions that result in our retention of a level of risk on a self-insurance basis. Losses not covered by insurance could be substantial and unpredictable and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the period covered by this report.
(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total Number	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	of Shares	 	 	Maximum Dollar	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Purchased as	 	 	Value of Shares	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Part of Publicly	 	 	that May Yet Be	 	
 	 	Total Number	 	 	Average	 	 	Announced	 	 	Purchased	 	
 	 	of Shares	 	 	Price Paid	 	 	Plans or	 	 	Under the Plans or	 	
Period	 	Purchased (2)	 	 	per Share (2)	 	 	Programs (1)	 	 	Programs (1)	 	
July 1 - July 31, 2010	 	 	2,841,119	 	 	$	25.56	 	 	 	2,841,119	 	 	$	994,138,100.46	 	
August 1 - August 31, 2010	 	 	974,020	 	 	 	27.47	 	 	 	974,020	 	 	 	967,377,168.81	 	
September 1 - September 30, 2010	 	 	1,221,193	 	 	 	29.19	 	 	 	1,217,525	 	 	 	931,847,622.12	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	 	5,036,332	 	 	$	26.81	 	 	 	5,032,664	 	 	 	 	 	

			
(1)	 	In March 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a stock repurchase program (the “2008 Stock Repurchase Program”), which authorized the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. In February 2010, the Board approved an additional stock repurchase program (the “2010 Stock Repurchase Program”), which authorized the Company to purchase up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company repurchased and retired an aggregate of 5,032,664 and 14,276,301 shares of common stock, respectively, at an average price of $26.81 and $27.09 per share, respectively, under the two stock repurchase programs.	
 		
(2)	 	Amounts include repurchases under the Company’s stock repurchase programs and repurchases of the Company’s common stock from its employees in connection with net issuance of shares to satisfy the employee tax withholding obligations for the vesting of certain restricted stock units and performance share awards. We repurchased an immaterial amount and number of common stock from our employees in connection with net issuances during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009. All shares of common stock that have been repurchased under the Company’s stock repurchase programs and from its employees in connection with net issuances have been retired. As of September 30, 2010, the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program had no remaining authorized funds available for future stock repurchases. Future share repurchases under the Company’s 2010 Stock Repurchase Program will be subject to a review of the circumstances in place at that time and will be made from time to time in private transactions or open market purchases as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements. This program may be discontinued at any time.	
 72 

Table of Contents
Item 6. Exhibits
 	 	 	
Exhibit	 	 	
Number	 	Description of Document	
3.1	 	Juniper Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2001)	
 	 	 	
3.2	 	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Juniper Networks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 3, 2010)	
 	 	 	
10.1	 	Juniper Networks, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended August 24, 2010	
 	 	 	
10.2	 	Australian Addendum to the Juniper Networks, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended	
 	 	 	
10.3	 	Australian Addendum to the Juniper Networks, Inc. 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended	
 	 	 	
31.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934	
 	 	 	
31.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934	
 	 	 	
32.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	 	
32.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	 	
101	 	The following materials from Juniper Network Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, and (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	
 	 	 	
101.INS	 	XBRL Instance Document	
 	 	 	
101.SCH	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
 	 	 	
101.DEF	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
 	 	 	
101.CAL	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
 	 	 	
101.LAB	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
 	 	 	
101.PRE	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	
 73 

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant had duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Juniper Networks, Inc.
 	 	
November 5, 2010 	By:  	/s/ Robyn M. Denholm  	 	
 	 	Robyn M. Denholm 	 	
 	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial Officer) 	 	

November 5, 2010 	By:  	/s/ Gene Zamiska  	 	
 	 	Gene Zamiska 	 	
 	 	Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) 	 	
 74 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
Exhibit Index
 	 	 	
Exhibit	 	 	
Number	 	Description of Document	
3.1	 	Juniper Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2001)	
 	 	 	
3.2	 	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Juniper Networks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 3, 2010)	
 	 	 	
10.1	 	Juniper Networks, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended August 24, 2010	
 	 	 	
10.2	 	Australian Addendum to the Juniper Networks, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended	
 	 	 	
10.3	 	Australian Addendum to the Juniper Networks, Inc. 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended	
 	 	 	
31.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934	
 	 	 	
31.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934	
 	 	 	
32.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	 	
32.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	 	
101	 	The following materials from Juniper Network Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, and (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	
 	 	 	
101.INS	 	XBRL Instance Document	
 	 	 	
101.SCH	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
 	 	 	
101.DEF	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
 	 	 	
101.CAL	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
 	 	 	
101.LAB	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
 	 	 	
101.PRE	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	
 75 

Exhibit 10.1
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
As amended August 24, 2010
1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Equity Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Service Providers and Outside Directors and to promote the success of the Company’s business.
     Awards to Service Providers granted hereunder may be Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Deferred Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents, at the discretion of the Administrator and as reflected in the terms of the written option agreement. This Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the automatic, non-discretionary award of Nonstatutory Stock Options to Outside Directors.
2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
     (a) “ Administrator ” shall mean the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
     (b) “ Annual Revenue ” shall mean the Company’s or a business unit’s net sales for the Fiscal Year, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (c) “ Applicable Laws ” shall mean the legal requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under California corporate and securities laws and the Code.
     (d) “ Award ” shall mean, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Deferred Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents.
     (e) “ Award Agreement ” shall mean the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
     (f) “ Awarded Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Award.
     (g) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (h) “ Cash Position ” shall mean the Company’s level of cash and cash equivalents.
     (i) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (j) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

     (k) “ Committee ” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors or a sub-committee appointed by the Board’s designated committee in accordance with Section 4(a) of the Plan, if one is appointed.
     (l) “ Company ” shall mean Juniper Networks, Inc.
     (m) “ Consultant ” shall mean any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services and who is compensated for such services; provided, however, that the term “Consultant” shall not include Outside Directors, unless such Outside Directors are compensated for services to the Company other than through payment of director’s fees and Option grants under Section 11 hereof.
     (n) “ Continuous Status as a Director ” means that the Director relationship is not interrupted or terminated.
     (o) “ Deferred Stock Unit ” means a deferred stock unit Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 16.
     (p) “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board.
     (q) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
     (r) “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a credit, payable in cash, made at the discretion of the Administrator, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant. Dividend Equivalents may be subject to the same vesting restrictions as the related Shares subject to an Award, at the discretion of the Administrator.
     (s) “ Employee ” shall mean any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An Employee shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91 st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
     (t) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (u) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
          (i) If the Common Stock is listed on a stock exchange, the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price on such exchange, as reported in the Wall Street Journal on
 -2- 

 

the date of determination or, if the date of determination is not a trading day, the immediately preceding trading day;
          (ii) If there is a public market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the mean of the bid and asked prices, or closing price in the event quotations for the Common Stock are reported on the National Market System, of the Common Stock on the date of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) System); or
          (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
     (v) “ Fiscal Year ” shall mean a fiscal year of the Company.
     (w) “ Full Value Award ” shall mean a grant of Restricted Stock, a Restricted Stock Unit, a Performance Share or a Deferred Stock Unit hereunder.
     (x) “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
     (y) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” shall mean an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
     (z) “ Officer ” shall mean a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     (aa) “ Option ” shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
     (bb) “ Optioned Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.
     (cc) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee or Consultant.
     (dd) “ Parent ” shall mean a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
     (ee) “ Participant ” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who receives an Award.
     (ff) “ Performance Goals ” shall mean the goal(s) (or combined goal(s)) determined by the Administrator (in its discretion) to be applicable to a Participant with respect to an Award. As determined by the Administrator, the performance measures for any performance period will be any one or more of the following objective performance criteria, applied to either the Company as a whole or, except with respect to stockholder return metrics, to a region, business unit, affiliate or business segment, and measured either on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to a previous period’s results or to a designated comparison group, and, with respect to financial metrics, which may be determined in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), in accordance with accounting principles
 -3- 

 

established by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB Principles”) or which may be adjusted when established to exclude any items otherwise includable under GAAP or under IASB Principles: (i) cash flow (including operating cash flow or free cash flow), (ii) cash position, (iii) revenue (on an absolute basis or adjusted for currency effects), (iv) revenue growth, (v) contribution margin, (vi) gross margin, (vii) operating margin (viii) operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue, (ix) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), (x) earnings per share, (xi) operating income, (xii) net income, (xiii) stock price, (xiv) return on equity, (xv) total stockholder return, (xvi) growth in stockholder value relative to a specified publicly reported index (such as the S&P 500 Index), (xvii) return on capital, (xviii) return on assets or net assets, (xix) return on investment, (xx) economic value added, (xxi) operating profit or net operating profit, (xxii) operating margin, (xxiii) market share, (xxiv) contract awards or backlog, (xxv) overhead or other expense reduction, (xxvi) credit rating, (xxvii) objective customer indicators, (xxviii) new product invention or innovation, (xxix) attainment of research and development milestones, (xxx) improvements in productivity, (xxxi) attainment of objective operating goals, and (xxxii) objective employee metrics. The Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from Award to Award. In particular, the Administrator may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Performance Goal to exclude (a) any extraordinary non-recurring items, (b) the affect of any merger, acquisition, or other business combination or divestiture or (ii) the effect of any changes in accounting principles affecting the Company’s or a business units’, region’s, affiliate’s or business segment’s reported results.
     (gg) “ Performance Share ” shall mean a performance share Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 14.
     (hh) “ Performance Unit ” means a performance unit Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 15.
     (ii) “ Plan ” shall mean this 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
     (jj) “ Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements ” shall mean the minimum vesting requirements for Full Value Awards under Plan Section 4(b)(vi) hereunder.
     (kk) “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean a restricted stock Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 11.
     (ll) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 13. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.
     (mm) “ Rule 16b-3 ” shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.
     (nn) “ Section 16(b) ” shall mean Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
     (oo) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee or Consultant.
 -4- 

 

     (pp) “ Share ” shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 21 of the Plan.
     (qq) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 9 below.
     (rr) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 21 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 94,500,000 shares of Common Stock plus any Shares subject to any options under the Company’s 2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan and 1996 Stock Incentive Plan that are outstanding on the date this Plan becomes effective and that subsequently expire unexercised , up to a maximum of an additional 75,000,000 Shares . All of the shares issuable under the Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
     Any Shares subject to Options or SARs shall be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as one Share for every Share subject thereto. Any Shares subject to Performance Shares, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units with a per share or unit purchase price lower than 100% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant shall be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as two and one-tenth Shares for every one Share subject thereto. To the extent that a Share that was subject to an Award that counted as two and one-tenth Shares against the Plan reserve pursuant to the preceding sentence is recycled back into the Plan under the next paragraph of this Section 3, the Plan shall be credited with two and one-tenth Shares.
     If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company at its original purchase price due to such Award failing to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options and SARs, the forfeited or repurchased shares) which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to SARs, when an SAR is exercised, the shares subject to a SAR grant agreement shall be counted against the numerical limits of Section 3 above, as one share for every share subject thereto, regardless of the number of shares used to settle the SAR upon exercise (i.e., shares withheld to satisfy the exercise price of an SAR shall not remain available for issuance under the Plan). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price or are forfeited to the Company due to such Awards failing to vest, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Option shall not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. Shares used to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than stock, such cash payment shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Any payout of Dividend Equivalents or Performance Units, because they are payable only in cash, shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Conversely, any
 -5- 

 

forfeiture of Dividend Equivalents or Performance Units shall not increase the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.
4. Administration of the Plan .
     (a)  Procedure .
          (i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . If permitted by Applicable Laws, the Plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to Directors, Officers who are not Directors, and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.
          (ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee consisting solely of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
          (iii) Administration With Respect to Officers Subject to Section 16(b) . With respect to Option grants made to Employees who are also Officers subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, if the Board may administer the Plan in compliance with Rule 16b-3, or (B) a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which committee shall be constituted to comply with Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3.
          (iv) Administration With Respect to Other Persons . With respect to Award grants made to Employees or Consultants who are not Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, (B) a committee designated by the Board, or (C) a sub-committee designated by the designated committee, which committee or sub-committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws. Once appointed, such Committee shall serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. The Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
          (v) Administration With Respect to Automatic Grants to Outside Directors . Automatic Grants to Outside Directors shall be pursuant to a non-discretionary formula as set forth in Section 11 hereof and therefore shall not be subject to any discretionary administration.
     (b)  Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the non-discretionary automatic grant to Outside Director provisions of Section 11), and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:
 -6- 

 

          (i) to determine the Fair Market Value in accordance with Section 2(v) of the Plan;
          (ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;
          (iii) to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;
          (iv) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
          (v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
          (vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards vest or may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions (subject to compliance with applicable laws, including Code Section 409A), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine; provided, however, that with respect to Full Value Awards vesting solely based on continuing as a Service Provider, they will vest in full no earlier (except if accelerated pursuant to Section 21 hereof or pursuant to change of control severance agreements entered into by and between the Company and any Service Provider) than the three (3) year anniversary of the grant date; provided, further, that if vesting is not solely based on continuing as a Service Provider, they will vest in full no earlier (except if accelerated pursuant to Section 21 hereof or pursuant to change of control severance agreements entered into by and between the Company and any Service Provider) than the one (1) year anniversary of the grant date;
          (vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
          (viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;
          (ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 7 and Section 24(c) of the Plan);
          (x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;
          (xi) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Awards;
          (xii) to determine whether Awards will be adjusted for Dividend Equivalents and whether such Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to vesting; and
          (xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
 -7- 

 

     (c)  Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of any Awards granted under the Plan.
     (d)  Exception to Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements .
          (i) Full Value Awards that result in issuing up to 5% of the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan (the “5% Limit”) may be granted to any one or more employees or Non-employee Directors without respect to the Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements.
          (ii) All Full Value Awards that have their vesting discretionarily accelerated, and all Options and SARs that have their vesting discretionarily accelerated 100%, other than, in either case, pursuant to (A) a merger or asset sale transaction described in Section 21(c) hereof (including vesting acceleration in connection with employment termination following such event), (B) a Participant’s death, or (C) a Participant’s Disability, are subject to the 5% Limit.
          (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may accelerate the vesting of Full Value Awards such that the Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements are still satisfied, without such vesting acceleration counting toward the 5% Limit.
          (iv) The 5% Limit applies in the aggregate to Full Value Award grants that do not satisfy Plan minimum vesting requirements and to the discretionary vesting acceleration of Awards.
5. Eligibility . Awards may be granted only to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. A Service Provider who has been granted an Award may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Award or Awards. Outside Directors may only be granted Awards as specified in Section 11 hereof.
6. Code Section 162(m) Provisions .
     (a)  Option and SAR Annual Share Limit . Subject to Section 7 below, no Participant shall be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to purchase more than 2,000,000 Shares; provided, however, that such limit shall be 4,000,000 Shares in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.
     (b)  Restricted Stock, Performance Share and Restricted Stock Unit Annual Limit . No Participant shall be granted, in any Fiscal Year, more than 1,000,000 Shares in the aggregate of the following: (i) Restricted Stock, (ii) Performance Shares, or (iii) Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that such limit shall be 2,000,000 Shares in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.
     (c)  Performance Units Annual Limit . No Participant shall receive Performance Units, in any Fiscal Year, having an initial value greater than $2,000,000, provided, however, that such limit shall be $4,000,000 in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.
 -8- 

 

     (d)  Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions . For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator, in its discretion, may set restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals shall be set by the Administrator on or before the latest date permissible to enable the Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In granting Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units which are intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator shall follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to ensure qualification of the Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).
     (e)  Changes in Capitalization . The numerical limitations in Sections 6(a) and (b) shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 16(a).
7. No Repricing . The exercise price for an Option or SAR may not be reduced without the consent of the Company’s stockholders. This shall include, without limitation, a repricing of the Option or SAR as well as an Option or SAR exchange program whereby the Participant agrees to cancel an existing Option in exchange for an Option, SAR or other Award. If an Option or SAR is cancelled in the same Fiscal Year in which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 14), the cancelled Option or SAR as well as any replacement Option or SAR will be counted against the limits set forth in section 6(a) above. Moreover, if the exercise price of an Option or SAR is reduced, the transaction will be treated as a cancellation of the Option or SAR and the grant of a new Option or SAR.
8. Stock Options .
     (a)  Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to a Participant’s incentive stock options granted by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, that become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 8(a), incentive stock options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.
     (b)  Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant; provided, however, that the term shall be seven (7) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant.
 -9- 

 

     (c)  Exercise Price and Consideration .
          (i) The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:
               (A) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
                    (1) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
                    (2) granted to any Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
               (B) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
          (ii) Except with respect to automatic stock option grants to Outside Directors, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator and may consist entirely of cash; check; delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Committee and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the option and delivery to the Company of the sale proceeds required; or any combination of such methods of payment, or such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under Applicable Law.
9. Stock Appreciation Rights.
     (a)  Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(a) hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Participant.
     (b)  Exercise Price and other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an SAR shall be determined by the Administrator and shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant. Otherwise, subject to Section 6(a) of the Plan, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan; provided, however, that no SAR may have a term of more than seven(=7) years from the date of grant.
     (c)  Payment of SAR Amount . Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
 -10- 

 

          (i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times
          (ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
     (d)  Payment upon Exercise of SAR . At the discretion of the Administrator, but only as specified in the Award Agreement, payment for a SAR may be in cash, Shares or a combination thereof. If the Award Agreement is silent as to the form of payment, payment of the SAR may only be in Shares.
     (e)  SAR Agreement . Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the exercise price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, whether it may be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.
     (f)  Expiration of SARs . A SAR granted under the Plan shall expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement.
10. Exercise of Option or SAR .
     (a)  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option or SAR granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Participant, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.
     An Option or SAR may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
     An Option or SAR shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option or SAR by the person entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and, with respect to Options only, full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. With respect to Options only, full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(d) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 21 of the Plan.
     (b)  Termination of Status as a Service Provider . If an Employee or Consultant ceases to serve as a Service Provider, he or she may, but only within 90 days (or such other period of time as is determined by the Administrator and as set forth in the Option or SAR Agreement) after the date he or she ceases to be a Service Provider, exercise his or her Option or SAR to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise the Option or SAR at the date of such
 -11- 

 

termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option or SAR (which he or she was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate.
     (c)  Disability . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option or SAR is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan.
     (d)  Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option or SAR may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option or SAR may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option or SAR is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. If the Option or SAR is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan.
11. Automatic Stock Option Grants to Outside Directors .
     (a)  Procedure for Grants . All grants of Options to Outside Directors under this Plan shall be automatic and non-discretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance with the following provisions:
          (i) No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside Directors shall be granted Options or Restricted Stock Units or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by Options or Restricted Stock Units granted to Outside Directors.
          (ii) Each Outside Director shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 50,000 Shares (the “First Option”) upon the date on which such person first becomes a Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy.
          (iii) At each of the Company’s annual stockholder meetings (A) each Outside Director who was an Outside Director on the date of the prior year’s annual stockholder meeting shall be automatically granted Restricted Stock Units for a number of Shares equal to the Annual
 -12- 

 

Value, and (B) each Outside Director who was not an Outside Director on the date of the prior year’s annual stockholder meeting shall receive a Restricted Stock Unit for a number of Shares determined by multiplying the Annual Value by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days since the Outside Director received their First Option, and the denominator of which is 365, rounded down to the nearest whole Share. Each award specified in A and B are generically referred to as an “Annual Award”. The Annual Value means the number equal to $125,000 divided by the average daily closing price over the six month period ending on the last day of the fiscal year preceding the date of grant (for example, the period from July 1, 2008 — December 31, 2008 for Annual Awards granted in May 2009).
          (iv) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (ii) and (iii) hereof, in the event that an automatic grant hereunder would cause the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and Restricted Stock Units plus the number of Shares previously purchased upon exercise of Options or issued upon vesting of Restricted Stock Units to exceed the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan, then each such automatic grant shall be for that number of Shares determined by dividing the total number of Shares remaining available for grant by the number of Outside Directors on the automatic grant date. Any further grants shall then be deferred until such time, if any, as additional Shares become available for grant under the Plan.
          (v) The terms of an Option granted hereunder shall be as follows:
               (A) the term of the Option shall be seven (7) years.
               (B) the Option shall be exercisable only while the Outside Director remains a Director of the Company, except as set forth in subsection (c) hereof.
               (C) the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of the Option.
               (D) the First Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 1/36 th of the covered Shares each month following the grant date, with the last 1/36 th vesting on the day prior to the Company’s annual stockholder meeting in the third calendar year following the date of grant, so as to become 100% vested on the approximately three-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the Participant maintaining Continuous Status as a Director on each vesting date.
               (E) the Annual Award shall become 100% vested on the one year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the Participant maintaining Continuous Status as a Director on each vesting date.
     (b)  Consideration for Exercising Outside Director Stock Options . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an automatic Outside Director Option shall consist entirely of cash, check, and to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale proceeds required to pay the exercise price, or any combination of such methods of payment.
 -13- 

 

     (c)  Post-Directorship Exercisability . If an Outside Director ceases to serve as a Director, (including pursuant to his or her death or Disability) he or she may, but only within 90 days , after the date he or she ceases to be a Director of the Company, exercise his or her Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of such termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
12. Restricted Stock .
     (a)  Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Restricted Stock may be granted to Participants at any time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(b) hereof as well as the Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements set forth in Sections 4(b)(vi) and 4(d) hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine (i) the number of Shares subject to a Restricted Stock award granted to any Participant, and (ii) the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on continued provision of services but may include a performance-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant, vesting or issuance of Restricted Stock.
     (b)  Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan; provided that Restricted Stock may only be issued in the form of Shares. Restricted Stock grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the stock or the restricted stock unit is awarded. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Restricted Stock Award agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the Shares of stock awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.
     (c)  Restricted Stock Award Agreement . Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by an agreement that shall specify the purchase price (if any) and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine; provided; however, that if the Restricted Stock grant has a purchase price, such purchase price must be paid no more than seven (7) years following the date of grant.
13. Restricted Stock Units .
     (a)  Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it shall advise the Participant in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units and the form of payout, which, subject to Section 6(b) hereof, may be left to the discretion of the Administrator.
     (b)  Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . Subject to the Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements set forth in Sections 4(b)(vi) and 4(d) hereof, the Administrator shall set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The
 -14- 

 

Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
     (c)  Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a payout as specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.
     (d)  Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units shall be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, but only as specified in the Award Agreement, may pay earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof. If the Award Agreement is silent as to the form of payment, payment of the Restricted Stock Units may only be in Shares.
     (e)  Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Company.
14. Performance Shares .
     (a)  Grant of Performance Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Shares may be granted to Participants at any time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(b) hereof as well as the Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements set forth in Sections 4(b)(vi) and 4(d) hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine (i) the number of Shares subject to a Performance Share award granted to any Participant, and (ii) the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on achievement of performance milestones but may include a service-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant or vesting of Performance Shares. Performance Shares shall be granted in the form of units to acquire Shares. Each such unit shall be the equivalent of one Share for purposes of determining the number of Shares subject to an Award. Until the Shares are issued, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the units to acquire Shares.
     (b)  Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Performance Shares granted under the Plan. Performance Share grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the stock is awarded, which may include such performance-based milestones as are determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Performance Shares Award Agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the Shares of stock awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.
     (c)  Performance Share Award Agreement . Each Performance Share grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.
 -15- 

 

15. Performance Units .
     (a)  Grant of Performance Units . Performance Units are similar to Performance Shares, except that they shall be settled in a cash equivalent to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, determined as of the vesting date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on achievement of performance milestones but may include a service-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant or vesting of Performance Units. Performance Units shall be granted in the form of units to acquire Shares. Each such unit shall be the cash equivalent of one Share of Common Stock. No right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Performance Units or the cash payable thereunder.
     (b)  Number of Performance Units . Subject to Section 6(c) hereof, the Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units granted to any Participant.
     (c)  Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Performance Units granted under the Plan. Performance Unit grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the grant is awarded, which may include such performance-based milestones as are determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Performance Unit agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the units awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.
     (d)  Performance Unit Award Agreement . Each Performance Unit grant shall be evidenced by an agreement that shall specify such terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.
16. Deferred Stock Units .
     (a)  Description . Deferred Stock Units shall consist of a Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award that the Administrator, in its sole discretion permits to be paid out in installments or on a deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator, subject to the Plan Minimum Vesting Requirements set forth in Sections 4(b)(vi) and 4(d) hereof. Deferred Stock Units shall remain subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors until distributed to the Participant.
     (b)  162(m) Limits . Deferred Stock Units shall be subject to the annual 162(m) limits applicable to the underlying Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award as set forth in Section 6 hereof.
17. Leaves of Absence . If as a condition to be granted an unpaid leave of absence by the Company, a Participant agrees that vesting shall be suspended during all or a portion of such
 -16- 

 

leave of absence, (except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws) vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall cease during such agreed upon portion of the unpaid leave of absence and shall only recommence upon return to active service.
18. Part-Time Service . Unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws, if as a condition to being permitted to work on a less than full-time basis, the Participant agrees that any service-based vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be extended on a proportionate basis in connection with such transition to a less than a full-time basis, vesting shall be adjusted in accordance with such agreement. Such vesting shall be proportionately re-adjusted prospectively in the event that the Employee subsequently becomes regularly scheduled to work additional hours of service.
19. Non-Transferability of Awards . Except as determined otherwise by the Administrator in its sole discretion (but never a transfer in exchange for value), Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant, without the prior written consent of the Administrator.
20. Stock Withholding to Satisfy Withholding Tax Obligations . When a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise, vesting or payout, as applicable, of an Award, which tax liability is subject to tax withholding under applicable tax laws, and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable tax laws, the Participant may satisfy the withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or SAR or the Shares to be issued upon payout or vesting of the other Award, if any, that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “Tax Date”).
     All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:
     (a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date; and
     (b) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.
     In the event the election to have Shares subject to an Award withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or SAR is exercised or other Award is vested but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.
21. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger or Asset Sale .
 -17- 

 

     (a)  Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Award, the annual share limitations under Sections 6(a) and (b) hereof, and the number of Shares subject to ongoing automatic First Option and Annual Award grants to Outside Directors under Section 11 hereof shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award.
     (b)  Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion (but not with respect to Options granted to Outside Directors) may provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Option or SAR until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Awarded Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option or forfeiture rights applicable to any Award shall lapse 100%, and that any Award vesting shall accelerate 100%, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised (with respect to Options and SARs) or vested (with respect to other Awards), an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
     (c)  Merger or Asset Sale .
          (i) Stock Options and SARs . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Option and SAR shall be assumed or an equivalent option or SAR substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or SAR, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or SAR as to all of the Awarded Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or SAR becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or asset sale, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or SAR shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. With respect to Options granted to Outside Directors, in the event that the Outside
 -18- 

 

Director is required to terminate his or her position as an Outside Director at the request of the acquiring entity within 12 months following such merger or asset sale, each outstanding Option held by such Outside Director shall become fully vested and exercisable, including as to Shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable, unless the Board, in its discretion, determines otherwise.
          (ii)  Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Deferred Stock Units and Dividend Equivalents . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent) shall be assumed or an equivalent Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent) substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent), the Participant shall fully vest in the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent), including as to Shares (or with respect to Dividend Equivalents and Performance Units, the cash equivalent thereof) which would not otherwise be vested. For the purposes of this paragraph, a Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent) shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or asset sale, the award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share (or with respect to Dividend Equivalents and Performance Units, the cash equivalent thereof) subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or asset sale, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or asset sale by holders of the Company’s common stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or asset sale is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received, for each Share and each unit/right to acquire a Share subject to the Award (other than Dividend Equivalents and Performance Units) to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of the Company’s common stock in the merger or asset sale.
22. Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
23. Term of Plan . The Plan shall continue in effect until March 1, 2016.
24. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
 -19- 

 

     (a)  Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
     (b)  Shareholder Approval . The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any successor rule or statute or other applicable law, rule or regulation, including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted). Such shareholder approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.
     (c)  Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.
25. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
     As a condition to the exercise or payout, as applicable, of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or SAR, or in the case of another Award (other than a Dividend Equivalent or Performance Unit), the person receiving the Shares upon vesting, to render to the Company a written statement containing such representations and warranties as, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, may be required to ensure compliance with any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law, including a representation that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
26. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
 -20- 

Exhibit 10.2
AUSTRALIAN ADDENDUM
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.	 	PURPOSE	
This addendum (the “Australian Addendum”) to the Juniper Networks, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “U.S. Plan”), is adopted to set out those rules which, together with those provisions of the U.S. Plan which are supplemented by this Australian Addendum, will:

 	(a)	 	govern the operation of the Plan (as defined below) with respect to Australian Offerees (as defined below), and	
 		
 	(b)	 	ensure compliance of the Plan with ASIC Class Order 03/184, relevant provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and ASIC Regulatory Guide 49.	

2.	 	DEFINITIONS	
Except as set out below, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the U.S. Plan. In the event of any conflict between these provisions and the U.S. Plan, these provisions shall prevail.
For the purposes of this Australian Addendum:
“ ASIC ” means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission;
“ Associated Body Corporate ” means, as determined in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) , a body corporate:

 	(a)	 	that is a related body corporate of Juniper Networks, Inc. (the “Company”);	
 		
 	(b)	 	that has voting power in the Company of not less than 20%; or	
 		
 	(c)	 	in which the Company has voting power of not less than 20%;	
“ Australian Offerees ” mean all Service Providers to whom an Offer (as defined below) is made in Australia under the U.S. Plan;
“ Australian Subsidiary ” means each Associated Body Corporate of the Company with Service Providers in Australia who have been offered participation in the Plan in the U.S. Plan;
“ Corporations Act ” means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) ;
“ Offer ” means an offer made in Australia to an Australian Offeree to acquire Options or Restricted Stock Units under the terms of the Plan (as defined below); and

 

“ Plan ” means the U.S. Plan and the Australian Addendum.

3.	 	FORM OF AWARDS	
This Australian Addendum governs the offer of Options and Restricted Stock Units (collectively referred to as “Awards”) under the Plan.

4.	 	AUSTRALIAN OFFEREES	
In Australia, an Offer may be extended only to Australian Offerees who at the time of the Offer are Service Providers of the Company or any Parent or a Subsidiary and who meet the eligibility criteria under the U.S. Plan.

5.	 	NO CONTRIBUTION OR TRUST	
An Offer must not involve a contribution plan or any offer, issue or sale being made through a trust.

6.	 	AUSTRALIAN OFFER DOCUMENT	

 	6.1	 	COPY OF PLAN	
An Offer must be in writing (“Offer Document”) and must include or be accompanied by a copy of the rules of the Plan (or a summary thereof). If a summary of the Plan is provided with the Offer, the Offer Document must include an undertaking that, during the period (the “Offer Period”) in which Awards may be granted or Shares may be acquired under the Plan, the Company or the Australian Subsidiary will, within a reasonable time of an Australian Offeree so requesting, provide the Australian Offeree with a copy of the rules of the Plan, without charge.
The Company must take reasonable steps to ensure that any Australian Offeree to whom an Offer is made is given a copy of the Offer Document.
Further, the Offer Document must include a statement to the effect that any advice given by the person in connection with the Offer is general advice only, and that Australian Offerees should consider obtaining their own financial product advice from an independent person who is licensed by ASIC to give such advice.

 	6.2	 	AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR EQUIVALENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AT OFFER DATE	
The Offer Document must specify the Australian dollar equivalent of the exercise price of the Options as of the date of the Offer. Australian Offerees are not required to pay anything to receive Restricted Stock Units or the underlying Shares at vesting.
 2 

 

 	6.3	 	UPDATED PRICING INFORMATION	
The Offer Document must include an undertaking that, and an explanation of the way in which, the Company or its Australian Subsidiary will, within a reasonable period of an Australian Offeree so requesting, make available to the Australian Offeree:

 	(a)	 	the Australian dollar equivalent of the current market price of Shares in the same class as the Shares offered, and	
 		
 	(b)	 	the Australian dollar equivalent of the exercise price of the Options as of the date of the Australian Offeree’s request.	
For the purposes of this clause 6.5, the current market price of a Share shall be taken as the price published by the operator of the principal financial market on which the Shares are quoted as the closing price for the previous day on which the Shares were traded on that financial market. Please note that for Australian tax purposes, market value is defined differently than current market price, as described in the applicable Offer Document.

 	6.4	 	EXCHANGE RATE FOR AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR EQUIVALENT	
For purposes of clauses 6.3 and 6.4, the Australian dollar equivalent of the exercise price of Options offered under the Plan and the current market price of a Share shall be calculated by reference to the US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rate published by an Australian bank no earlier than on the previous business day.

7.	 	LOAN OR FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE	
Neither the Company, an Associated Body Corporate nor an Australian Subsidiary may offer an Australian Offeree any loan or other financial assistance for the purpose of, or in connection with, acquiring the Shares to which the Offer relates.

8.	 	RESTRICTION ON CAPITAL RAISING: 5% LIMIT	
In the case of any Offer that will involve the issue of Shares or a right to purchase or receive Shares, the number of Shares that are the subject of the Offer under the Plan, or to be purchased pursuant to the Plan, when aggregated with:

 	(a)	 	the number of Shares in the same class which would be issued to Australian Offerees if each outstanding offer of Shares or rights to purchase or acquire Shares under the Plan or any other employee share scheme of the Company were to be accepted or exercised (as the case may be); and	
 		
 	(b)	 	the number of Shares in the same class issued during the previous five years under the Plan or any other employee share scheme extended only to employees or directors of the Company, any Associated Body Corporate and its Australian Subsidiaries,	
 3 

 

but not including any offer made or Shares issued by way or as a result of:

 	(c)	 	an offer, to a person situated at the time of receipt of the offer outside Australia; or	
 		
 	(d)	 	an offer that was an excluded offer or invitation within the meaning of the Corporations Law as it stood prior to 13 March 2000 ; or	
 		
 	(e)	 	an offer that did not need disclosure to investors because of section 708 of the Corporations Act; or	
 		
 	(f)	 	an offer made under a disclosure document or a Product Disclosure Statement (within the meaning of the Corporations Act) because of section 1012D of the Corporations Act; or	
 		
 	(g)	 	an offer made under a disclosure document or a Product Disclosure Statement,	
must not exceed 5% of the total number of issued Shares in the same class as at the time of the Offer.

9.	 	LODGING OFFER DOCUMENTS WITH ASIC	
A copy of the Offer Document (which need not contain details of the Offer particular to the Australian Offeree such as the identity of the Australian Offeree) and each accompanying document must be filed with ASIC not later than seven days after the first distribution of such documents to an Australian Offeree.

10.	 	COMPLIANCE WITH UNDERTAKINGS	
The Company or an Australian Subsidiary must comply with any undertaking required to be made in the Offer Document, including the undertaking to provide updated pricing information on request (as set forth in clause 6.5 above).
*   *   *   *
 4 

Exhibit 10.3
AUSTRALIAN ADDENDUM
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC
2008 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.	 	PURPOSE	
This addendum (the “Australian Addendum”) to the Juniper Networks, Inc. 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (the “U.S. Plan”), is adopted to set out those rules which, together with those provisions of the U.S. Plan which are supplemented by this Australian Addendum, will:

 	(a)	 	govern the operation of the Plan (as defined below) with respect to Australian Offerees (as defined below), and	
 		
 	(b)	 	ensure compliance of the Plan with ASIC Class Order 03/184, relevant provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and ASIC Regulatory Guide 49.	

2.	 	DEFINITIONS	
Except as set out below, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the U.S. Plan. In the event of any conflict between these provisions and the U.S. Plan, these provisions shall prevail.
For the purposes of this Australian Addendum:
“ ASIC ” means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission;
“ Associated Body Corporate ” means, as determined in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) , a body corporate:

 	(a)	 	that is a related body corporate of Juniper Networks, Inc. (the “Company”);	
 		
 	(b)	 	that has voting power in the Company of not less than 20%; or	
 		
 	(c)	 	in which the Company has voting power of not less than 20%;	
“ Australian ADI ” means an Australian authorized deposit taking institution which is regulated by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority under the Australian Banking Act;
“ Australian Offerees ” mean all persons to whom an Offer (as defined below) is made in Australia under the Plan;
“ Australian Participants ” mean all Australian Offerees that accepted an Offer under the Plan to participate in the Plan;
“ Australian Subsidiary ” means each Associated Body Corporate of the Company which is a Designated Subsidiary under the Plan and which has employees in Australia;

 

“ Contributions ” mean payroll deductions from an Australian Participant’s Compensation or other contributions from an Australian Participant under the Plan;
“ Corporations Act ” means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) ;
“ Offer ” means an offer made in Australia to an Australian Offeree to purchase shares of Common Stock under the terms of the Plan; and
“ Plan ” means the U.S. Plan and the Australian Addendum.

3.	 	FORM OF AWARDS	
This Australian Addendum governs the offer of rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan.

4.	 	AUSTRALIAN OFFEREES	
An Offer may only be extended to Australian Offerees who at the time of the Offer are full or part-time employees, of the Company or an Associated Body Corporate and who meet the eligibility requirements of the U.S. Plan.

5.	 	NO TRUST	
An Offer must not involve any offer, issue or sale being made through a trust.

6.	 	AUSTRALIAN OFFER DOCUMENT	

 	6.1	 	COPY OF PLAN	
An Offer must be in writing (“Offer Document”) and must include or be accompanied by a copy of the rules of the Plan (or a summary thereof). If a summary of the Plan is provided with the Offer, the Offer Document must include an undertaking that, during the Offering Period in which options to purchase shares of the Company’s Stock may be granted or shares of the Company’s Stock may be purchased under the Plan, the Company or an Australian Subsidiary will, within a reasonable time of an Australian Offeree so requesting, provide the Australian Offeree with a copy of the rules of the Plan, without charge.
The Company must take reasonable steps to ensure that any Australian Offeree to whom an Offer is made is given a copy of the Offer Document.
Further, the Offer Document must include a statement to the effect that any advice given by the person in connection with the Offer is general advice only, and that Australian Offerees should consider obtaining their own financial product advice from an independent person who is licensed by ASIC to give such advice.
 2 

 

 	6.2	 	EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS TO BE HELD IN TRUST WITH AUSTRALIAN ADI	
The Offer Document must also state:

 	(a)	 	the Australian ADI where Contributions to the Plan are held;	
 		
 	(b)	 	the length of time Contributions to the Plan may be held; and	
 		
 	(c)	 	the rate of interest payable (if any) on the Contributions to the Plan held in the account.	

 	6.3	 	AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR EQUIVALENT OF PURCHASE PRICE AT OFFER DATE	
The Offer Document must specify the Australian dollar equivalent of the Purchase Price of the shares of the Company’s Stock offered as if the Purchase Price formula were applied as at the date of the Offer.

 	6.4	 	EXCHANGE RATE FOR AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR EQUIVALENT OF PURCHASE PRICE	
The Australian dollar equivalent of the Purchase Price and the current market price of shares of the Common Stock offered under the Plan shall be calculated by reference to the US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rate published by an Australian bank no earlier than on the previous business day.

 	6.5	 	UPDATED PRICING INFORMATION	
The Offer Document must include an undertaking that, and an explanation of the way in which, the Company or an Australian Subsidiary will, within a reasonable period of an Australian Offeree so requesting, make available to the Australian Offeree:

 	(i)	 	the Australian dollar equivalent of the current market price of shares of Common Stock in the same class as the shares offered, and	
 		
 	(ii)	 	the Australian dollar equivalent of the Purchase Price as if the Purchase Price formula were applied at the date of the Australian Offeree’s request.	
For the purposes of this clause 6.5, the current market price of a share shall be taken as the price published by the operator of the principal financial market on which the shares of Common Stock are quoted as the closing price for the previous day on which the shares were traded on that financial market. Please note that for Australian tax purposes, market value is defined differently than current market price, as described in the applicable Offer Document.
 3 

 

7.	 	LOAN OR FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE	
Neither the Company, an Associated Body Corporate nor an Australian Subsidiary may offer an Australian Participant any loan or other financial assistance for the purpose of, or in connection with, acquiring the shares of Common Stock to which the Offer relates.

8.	 	RESTRICTION ON CAPITAL RAISING: 5% LIMIT	
In the case of any Offer that may involve the issue of shares of Common Stock or an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock that are the subject of the Offer under the Plan, or to be received upon purchase of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan when aggregated with:

 	(a)	 	the number of shares of Common Stock in the same class which would be issued to Australian offerees, if each outstanding offer of shares or options to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock under the Plan or any other employee share scheme of the Company were to be accepted or exercised (as the case may be); and	
 		
 	(b)	 	the number of shares of Common Stock in the same class issued to Australian offerees during the previous five years under the Plan or any other employee share scheme extended only to employees or directors of the Company, its Associated Bodies Corporate and its Australian Subsidiaries;	
but disregarding any offer or invitation made, or shares of Common Stock issued by way of, or as a result of:

 	(c)	 	an offer, to a person situated at the time of receipt of the offer outside Australia; or	
 		
 	(d)	 	an offer that was an excluded offer or invitation within the meaning of the Corporations Law as it stood prior to 13 March 2000 ; or	
 		
 	(e)	 	an offer that did not need disclosure to investors because of section 708 of the Corporations Act; or	
 		
 	(f)	 	an offer made under a disclosure document or a Product Disclosure Statement (within the meaning of the Corporations Act) because of section 1012D of the Corporations Act; or	
 		
 	(g)	 	an offer made under a disclosure document or a Product Disclosure Statement,	
must not exceed 5% of the total number of issued shares in that class of shares as at the time of the Offer.
 4 

 

9.	 	CONTRIBUTION PLAN	
All Contributions must be authorized by the Australian Participant on the same subscription agreement used for the Offer, or on a form included in or accompanying the Offer Document.
The Company must establish and maintain an account in an Australian ADI solely for depositing Contributions. All Contributions must be held by the Company in trust in that account for the Australian Participants.
An Australian Participant may elect to discontinue his or her participation in the Plan at any time by completing a notice of withdrawal form in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Administrator accordingly. All of the remaining payroll deductions in the Australian Participant’s account will be paid to him or her promptly after receipt of his or her notice of withdrawal. No further Contributions for the purchase of Common Stock will be made during the then-current Offering Period.

10.	 	LODGEMENT OF OFFER DOCUMENT WITH ASIC	
A copy of the Offer Document (which need not contain details of the Offer particular to the Australian Offeree such as the identity or entitlement of the Australian Offeree) and each accompanying document must be provided to ASIC not later than 7 days after the first distribution of such documents to an Australian Offeree.

11.	 	COMPLIANCE WITH UNDERTAKINGS	
The Company or an Australian Subsidiary must comply with any undertaking required to be made in the Offer Document by the Class Order, such as the undertaking to provide pricing information on request (as set forth in clause 6.5 above).
*   *   *   *
 5 

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Kevin R. Johnson, certify that:

1.	 	I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Juniper Networks, Inc.;	
 		
2.	 	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 		
3.	 	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 		
4.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

 	(a)	 	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 		
 	(b)	 	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 		
 	(c)	 	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 		
 	(d)	 	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

 	(a)	 	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and	
 		
 	(b)	 	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
 	 	 	 	 	
Date: November 5, 2010
 	 		
/s/ Kevin R. Johnson  	 		
Kevin R. Johnson 	 		
Chief Executive Officer 	 		

 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Robyn M. Denholm, certify that:

1.	 	I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Juniper Networks, Inc.;	
 		
2.	 	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 		
3.	 	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 		
4.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

 	(a)	 	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 		
 	(b)	 	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 		
 	(c)	 	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 		
 	(d)	 	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

 	(a)	 	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and	
 		
 	(b)	 	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: November 5, 2010
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Robyn M. Denholm  	 		
Robyn M. Denholm 	 		
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 	 		

 	 	 	 	 	
Exhibit 32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 As Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     I, Kevin R. Johnson, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of Juniper Networks, Inc. on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2010, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Juniper Networks, Inc.
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Kevin R. Johnson  	 		
Kevin R. Johnson 	 		
Chief Executive Officer 

November 5, 2010	 		

 	 	 	 	 	
Exhibit 32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 As Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     I, Robyn M. Denholm, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of Juniper Networks, Inc. on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2010, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Juniper Networks, Inc.
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Robyn M. Denholm  	 		
Robyn M. Denholm 	 		
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

November 5, 2010